WO2023088165A1 - Data transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Data transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023088165A1
WO2023088165A1 PCT/CN2022/131160 CN2022131160W WO2023088165A1 WO 2023088165 A1 WO2023088165 A1 WO 2023088165A1 CN 2022131160 W CN2022131160 W CN 2022131160W WO 2023088165 A1 WO2023088165 A1 WO 2023088165A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
access network
configuration information
communication path
qos flow
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/131160
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
金辉
窦凤辉
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023088165A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023088165A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • H04L45/12Shortest path evaluation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • H04L45/12Shortest path evaluation
    • H04L45/123Evaluation of link metrics
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • H04L45/24Multipath
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L45/00Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
    • H04L45/302Route determination based on requested QoS
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/02Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing
    • H04W40/12Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing based on transmission quality or channel quality
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/10Connection setup

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and more specifically, to a data transmission method and device.
  • a user equipment can communicate with a data network (data network, DN) through two paths.
  • a data network data network, DN
  • the user equipment directly accesses the operator network (for example, a base station), and communicates with the DN through the operator network.
  • This path can be called a direct path; the other is that the user equipment passes through a relay (relay path).
  • the device is connected to the operator network, and then communicates with the DN through the operator network.
  • This path can be called an indirect path (indirect path).
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for data transmission, so that the transmission paths between the terminal equipment and the data network are diversified, and the requirements of service transmission can be dynamically met.
  • a data transmission method is provided, and the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the following takes execution by a terminal device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: the terminal device sends a first request message to the network device through the first communication path, the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path or the second communication path is established
  • a first quality of service (quality of service, QoS) flow (flow) the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device; the terminal device receives first resource configuration information, and the first resource configuration information is used to configure the first QoS flow
  • the access network resource wherein, the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
  • the terminal device can send the first instruction information to the network device through the first communication path, indicating that the first QoS flow is established on the first communication path or the second communication path, and the first access network device sends the first QoS flow to the network device through the first communication path.
  • the terminal device sends first resource configuration information to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, where the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information.
  • the first QoS flow can be established on the first communication path or the second communication path, avoiding the use of a fixed communication path to transmit service data, It can dynamically meet the needs of business transmission.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the network device the first QoS flow through the first communication path Sending a second request message, where the second request message includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a second QoS flow on the second communication path, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device; the terminal device receives Second resource configuration information, where the second resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the network device the first QoS flow through the first communication path sending a third request message, where the third request message includes third indication information and QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, and the third The QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows; the terminal device receives third resource configuration information, where the third resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the third QoS flow.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete the third QoS flow on the first Access network resources for communication paths.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receives the first Fourth, configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  • the first request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multipath.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the first communication path.
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the second communication path.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device is used to determine the access network device of the first relay terminal device, and the second communication path
  • the device includes a first relay terminal device.
  • the terminal device sending the cell identity of the first relay terminal device includes: the terminal device sending a first measurement report to the first access network device, and the first The measurement report includes the cell identity of at least one relay terminal device and the signal strength of the ProSe communication PC5 of at least one relay terminal device, where the at least one relay terminal device includes a first relay terminal device, and the at least one relay terminal device's The signal strength of PC5 is used to determine the first relay terminal device; or, the terminal device sends a radio resource control RRC message to the first access network device, and the RRC message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device; or, the first The request message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device
  • the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal device
  • the path connecting the first access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device configuration information.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal device
  • the path connecting the second access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device configuration information.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device connects to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the The first communication path establishes the first QoS flow, and the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device configuration information.
  • the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the Two communication paths establish the first QoS flow
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends a second measurement report to the first access network device, the second measurement report includes the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can reside, and the cell signal Strength is used to determine the access network equipment of the terminal device.
  • the access network device of the terminal device is the first access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the first access network device
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the second access network device
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  • a data transmission method is provided, which may be executed by the first access network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the first access network device, and this application does not make any limited.
  • the following takes execution by the first access network device as an example for description.
  • the method includes: the first access network device receives first indication information and first quality of service QoS configuration information, where the first indication information is used to indicate establishment of a first QoS flow on a first communication path or a second communication path, and the first indication information
  • the QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device;
  • the first access network device sends the first resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path,
  • the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information, and the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow; wherein, the first communication path is a direct path, and the first The second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
  • the terminal device can send the first instruction information to the network device through the first communication path, indicating that the first QoS flow is established on the first communication path or the second communication path, and the first access network device sends the first QoS flow to the network device through the first communication path.
  • the terminal device sends first resource configuration information to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, where the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information.
  • the first QoS flow can be established on the first communication path or the second communication path, avoiding the use of a fixed communication path to transmit service data, It can dynamically meet the needs of business transmission.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the method further includes: the first access network device receives the second indication information and second QoS configuration information, the second indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a second QoS flow on the second communication path, the second QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the second QoS flow, the second QoS The stream is used to transmit data of the terminal device; the first access network device sends second resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, the second resource configuration information is determined according to the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information, and the first The second resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the second QoS flow.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the method further includes: the first access network device receives the third indication information, third QoS configuration information, and QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow, the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, and the third QoS configuration information is used to determine the first QoS flow
  • the third QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows; the first access network device sends third resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, and the third resource configuration information is based on the first
  • the third indication information is determined by the third QoS configuration information, and the third resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the third QoS flow.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete the third QoS flow on the first Access network resources for communication paths.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path
  • the method further includes: first accessing The network device sends fourth configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the first communication path.
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the second communication path is established on the second communication path.
  • the method further includes: the first access network device acquires the cell identity of the first relay terminal device, the device of the second communication path includes the first relay terminal device; the first access network device obtains the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device; The cell identifier of the relay terminal device determines the access network device of the first relay terminal device.
  • the acquiring the cell identity of the first relay terminal device by the first access network device includes: the first access network device according to the cell identity of at least one relay terminal device The signal strength of the ProSe communication PC5 determines the first relay terminal device and the cell identity of the first relay terminal device; or, the first access network device receives a radio resource control RRC message from the terminal device, and the RRC message includes the first relay terminal device The cell identifier of the terminal device; or, the first access network device receives a first message from the first session management function device or the access and mobility management function device, where the first message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device .
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device
  • the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal device
  • the path connecting the first access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the ProSe communication PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the ProSe communication PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first access network device Configuration information of the Uu interface.
  • the method further includes: the first access network device sending fifth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the fifth resource configuration information includes the terminal device The configuration information of the PC5 interface between the first relay terminal device and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal device
  • the path connecting the second access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device configuration information.
  • the method further includes: the first access network device sends a second message to the second access network device, where the second message includes the first QoS configuration information; the second An access network device receives first resource configuration information from a second access network device.
  • the second message further includes identification information of the terminal device.
  • the second access network device is configured to send sixth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the sixth resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the first relay terminal device.
  • the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate A communication path establishes a first QoS flow
  • the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device information.
  • the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the The second communication path establishes the first QoS flow, and the method further includes: the first access network device determines the access network device of the terminal device according to the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can reside.
  • the access network device of the terminal device is the first access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the first access network device
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal and the first access network device.
  • the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the second access network device
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  • the method further includes: the first access network device sends a third message to the second access network device, where the third message includes the first QoS configuration information; the second An access network device receives first resource configuration information from a second access network device.
  • the third message further includes identification information of the terminal device.
  • a data transmission method is provided, and the method may be executed by an access and mobility management functional device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the access and mobility management functional device.
  • Applications are not limited to this. The following takes the implementation by the access and mobility management function device as an example for description.
  • the access and mobility management function device receives the first request message, the first request message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multi-path communication; access and mobility management The functional device determines the first session management functional device according to the fourth indication information, where the first session management functional device supports multipath communication.
  • the access and mobility management function device may receive the first request message, and determine the first session management function device according to the fourth indication information in the first request message, and the first session management function device supports multipath communication.
  • the first session management function device determined by the access and mobility management function can support multi-path communication, so that the first session management function device, the first access network device and the terminal device work together on the first communication path or
  • the second communication path establishes the first QoS flow, which avoids using a fixed communication path to transmit service data, and can dynamically meet service transmission requirements.
  • the first session management function device is used to determine first QoS configuration information
  • the first QoS configuration information is used to determine first resource configuration information
  • the first The resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow
  • the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the access and mobility management functional device sending the first request message to the first session management functional device.
  • a data transmission method which can be executed by the first session management function device, or can also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the first session management function device, and this application does not make any limited.
  • the following takes the implementation by the first session management function device as an example for description.
  • the first session management function device receives a first request message, where the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate establishment of a first quality of service (quality of service) on the first communication path or the second communication path , QoS) flow (flow), the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device; the first session management function device generates first QoS configuration information according to the first request message, and the first QoS configuration information is used to determine the first resource Configuration information, the first resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the first QoS flow, wherein the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is The non-direct connection path, the second communication path is a direct connection path.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate establishment of a first quality of service (quality of service) on the first communication path or the second communication path , QoS) flow (flow)
  • the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of
  • the first session management function device may receive the first request message, determine the first QoS configuration information according to the first indication information in the first request message, and the first QoS configuration information is used to determine the first resource configuration information,
  • the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device.
  • the first session management function device establishes the first QoS flow on the first communication path or the second communication path together with the first access network device and the terminal device, avoiding using a fixed communication path to transmit service data, It can dynamically meet the needs of business transmission.
  • the method further includes: the first session management function device sends the first QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
  • a data transmission device may be a terminal device, or may also be a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
  • the device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to send a first request message to a network device, where the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate to establish a first communication path on a first communication path or a second communication path.
  • the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the device; the transceiver unit is also used to: receive first resource configuration information, the first resource configuration information is used to configure the first resource configuration information
  • An access network resource of a QoS flow wherein, the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path .
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: send a message to the network device through the first communication path Sending a second request message, where the second request message includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a second QoS flow on the second communication path, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the device; the transceiver unit It is also used for: receiving second resource configuration information, where the second resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: send a message to the network device through the first communication path sending a third request message, where the third request message includes third indication information and QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, and the third The QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive third resource configuration information, where the third resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the third QoS flow.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete the third QoS flow on the first Access network resources for communication paths.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive the third QoS flow Fourth, configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  • the first request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multipath.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the first communication path.
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the device and the first access network device.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the second communication path.
  • the transceiver unit is also used to: send the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device is used to determine the access network device of the first relay terminal device, the second communication path
  • the device includes a first relay terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: send a first measurement report to the first access network device, where the first measurement report includes the cell of at least one relay terminal device
  • the identification and the PC5 signal strength of the proximity service communication of at least one relay terminal device, the at least one relay terminal device including the first relay terminal device, the PC5 signal strength of the at least one relay terminal device is used to determine the first relay terminal or, sending a radio resource control RRC message to the first access network device, where the RRC message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device; or, the first request message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device
  • the second communication path is that the device passes through the first relay terminal device
  • the path connecting the first access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the device and the first access network device configuration information.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the second access network device
  • the second communication path is that the device passes through the first relay terminal device
  • the path connecting the second access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the device and the second access network device configuration information.
  • the first communication path is a path for the device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the The first communication path establishes the first QoS flow, and the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and the Uu interface between the device and the first access network device configuration information.
  • the first communication path is a path for the device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate Two communication paths establish the first QoS flow, and the transceiver unit is also used to: send a second measurement report to the first access network device, the second measurement report includes the cell signal strength of the cell where the device can reside, and the cell signal Strength is used to determine the device's access network equipment.
  • the access network device of the device is the first access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the device to directly connect to the first access network device
  • the The first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the apparatus and the first access network device.
  • the access network device of the device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the device to directly connect to the second access network device
  • the The first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the apparatus and the second access network device.
  • a device for data transmission may be a first access network device, or may also be a chip or a circuit configured in the first access network device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive first indication information and first quality of service QoS configuration information, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a first QoS flow on the first communication path or the second communication path, and the first The QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device; the transceiver unit is also used to: send the first resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, The first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information, and the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow; wherein, the first communication path is a direct path, and the first The second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information, the second indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a second QoS flow on the second communication path, the second QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the second QoS flow, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit the terminal data of the device;
  • the transceiver unit is also used to: send second resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, the second resource configuration information is determined according to the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information, the second resource configuration information The information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive the third indication information, the third QoS configuration information and QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow, the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, and the third QoS configuration information is used to determine the access of the first QoS flow network resources, the third QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows
  • the transceiver unit is also used to: send the third resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, and the third resource configuration information is based on the third indication information Determined with the third QoS configuration information, the third resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the third QoS flow.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete the third QoS flow on the first Access network resources for communication paths.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: send the third QoS flow 4.
  • Configuration information the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path,
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the apparatus.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path
  • the device also includes: a processing unit, configured to obtain a cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, the device of the second communication path includes the first relay terminal device; determine the first relay terminal according to the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device The access network equipment of the terminal equipment.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine the first relay terminal device and the first relay terminal according to the signal strength of the ProSe communication PC5 of at least one relay terminal device The cell identity of the device; or, receiving a radio resource control RRC message from the terminal device, where the RRC message includes the cell identity of the first relay terminal device; or, receiving a message from the first session management function device or the access and mobility management function device A first message, where the first message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the device
  • the second communication path is the connection between the terminal device and the device through the first relay terminal device
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the ProSe communication PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the device.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to: send fifth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the fifth resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the relay terminal devices, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal device
  • the path connecting the second access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device configuration information.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: send a second message to the second access network device, where the second message includes the first QoS configuration information; The first resource configuration information of the network access device.
  • the second access network device is configured to send sixth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the sixth resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the first relay terminal device.
  • the first communication path is a path through which a terminal device connects to the device through a first relay terminal device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the first communication path.
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the apparatus.
  • the first communication path is a path through which a terminal device connects to the device through a first relay terminal device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that in the second communication path
  • the apparatus further includes a processing unit configured to determine the access network device of the terminal device according to the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can camp.
  • the access network device of the terminal device is the device
  • the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the device
  • the first resource configuration information includes the terminal and Configuration information for the Uu interface between the devices.
  • the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the second access network device
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  • the transceiver unit is further configured to: send a third message to the second access network device, where the third message includes the first QoS configuration information; The first resource configuration information of the network access device.
  • a device for data transmission may be an access and mobility management function device, or may also be a chip or a circuit configured in an access and mobility management function device. This is not limited.
  • the device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a first request message, where the first request message includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a session management function device that supports multi-path communication; a processing unit, configured to The first session management function device is determined according to the fourth indication information, and the first session management function device supports multipath communication.
  • the device is configured to determine first QoS configuration information, where the first QoS configuration information is used to determine first resource configuration information, where the first resource configuration information is used to Configure the access network resources of the first QoS flow, where the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device.
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to: send the first request message to the first session management function device.
  • a data transmission device may be a first session management function device, or may also be a chip or a circuit configured in the first session management function device, which is not limited in this application.
  • the device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a first request message, where the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the establishment of a first quality of service (QoS) on the first communication path or the second communication path ( quality of service (QoS) flow (flow), the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device; the processing unit is used to generate the first QoS configuration information according to the first request message, and the first QoS configuration information is used to determine the first QoS configuration information Resource configuration information, the first resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the first QoS flow, wherein the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path The path is a non-direct path, and the second communication path is a direct path.
  • QoS quality of service
  • QoS quality of service
  • the transceiving unit is further configured to: send the first QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
  • the present application provides a processor configured to execute the methods provided in the foregoing aspects.
  • the processor's output and reception, input and other operations can also be understood as the sending and receiving operations performed by the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, which is not limited in this application.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a memory for storing programs; at least one processor for executing the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory to perform any of the above aspects or its implementation provided method.
  • the apparatus is a terminal device, a first access network device, an access and mobility management function device, or a first session management function device.
  • the apparatus is a chip, a chip system or a circuit used in the terminal device, the first access network device, the access and mobility management function device, or the first session management function device.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable medium stores program code for device execution, and the program code includes a method for executing any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
  • the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions.
  • the computer program product When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
  • the present application provides a chip.
  • the chip includes a processor and a communication interface.
  • the processor reads the instructions stored in the memory through the communication interface, and executes the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
  • the chip further includes a memory, in which computer programs or instructions are stored, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, and when the computer programs or instructions are executed, the processor is used to execute The method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
  • the present application provides a communication system, including the above-mentioned terminal device, first access network device, access and mobility management function device and/or first session management function device.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 2 is another schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 shows a protocol stack architecture in which a remote UE performs user plane data transmission through a non-direct path.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of user plane data transmission performed by a remote UE in a non-direct path transmission manner.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 600 of the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 800 of the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1000 of the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1200 of the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1400 of the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 1600 of the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1800 of the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 2000 of the present application is applied.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic diagram of an apparatus 2200 for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 shows a schematic diagram of a data transmission apparatus 2300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) or new radio (new radio, NR) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division Duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, etc.
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR new radio
  • long term evolution long term evolution
  • LTE long term evolution
  • LTE frequency division Duplex frequency division duplex
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, vehicle to everything (vehicle-to-everything, V2X) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine type Communication (machine type communication, MTC), and Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
  • D2D device to device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine to machine
  • M2M machine type Communication
  • MTC machine type communication
  • IoT Internet of things
  • Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture.
  • the network architecture 100 takes a 5G system (the 5th generation system, 5GS) as an example.
  • the network architecture may include but not limited to: network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF), authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF), unified data management (unified data management, UDM), network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF), network storage function (NF repository function, NRF), policy control function (policy control function, PCF), application function (application function, AF), access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), user equipment (user equipment, UE), radio access network equipment, user plane function (user plane function, UPF), data network (data network, DN).
  • network slice selection function network slice selection function, NSSF
  • authentication server function authentication server function
  • unified data management unified data management
  • UDM network exposure function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • NRF network storage function
  • policy control function policy control function
  • PCF policy control function
  • application function application function
  • DN can be the Internet
  • NSSF, AUSF, UDM, NEF, NRF, PCF, AF, AMF, SMF, and UPF belong to the network elements in the core network.
  • the core network can be called 5G core network (5G core network, 5GC or 5GCN).
  • Each network element shown in FIG. 1 is briefly introduced below.
  • UE can be called terminal equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless Communication Device, User Agent, or User Device.
  • a terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data to a user, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like.
  • some terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid Wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol , SIP) phones, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, Wearable devices, terminal devices in a 5G network, or terminal devices in a future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), etc., are not limited in this
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
  • the terminal device can also be the terminal device in the IoT system.
  • IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect items to the network through communication technology, so as to realize Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things.
  • a certain air interface technology such as NR or LTE technology
  • a certain air interface technology may also be used to communicate with each other between terminal devices.
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be the terminal device, or may be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system or a chip, and the device may be installed in the terminal device.
  • the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • (wireless) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) equipment it can provide authorized users in a specific area with the function of accessing the communication network, specifically including the third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership)
  • the wireless network device in the project, 3GPP) network may also include an access point in a non-3GPP (non-3GPP) network.
  • non-3GPP non-3GPP
  • AN devices may use different wireless access technologies.
  • 3GPP access technologies for example, wireless access technologies used in third generation (3rd generation, 3G), fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) or 5G systems
  • non- 3GPP (non-3GPP) access technology refers to the access technology that complies with the 3GPP standard specifications.
  • the access network equipment in the 5G system is called the next generation base station node (next generation Node Base station, gNB) or the next generation wireless access network (next generation radio access network, NG-RAN) equipment.
  • gNB next generation Node Base station
  • NG-RAN next generation radio access network
  • Non-3GPP access technologies may include air interface technology represented by access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (WiFi), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX), code Multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), etc.
  • AP access point
  • WiFi wireless fidelity
  • WiMAX worldwide interoperability for microwave access
  • CDMA code Division multiple access
  • the AN device may allow non-3GPP technology interconnection and intercommunication between the terminal device and the 3GPP core network.
  • the AN device can be responsible for functions such as wireless resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption on the air interface side.
  • QoS quality of service
  • the AN equipment provides access services for the terminal equipment, and then completes the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal equipment and the core network.
  • AN equipment may include, but not limited to, for example: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller) , BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), AP in WiFi system, wireless relay Node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or sending and receiving point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP) in the 5G (eg, NR) system , one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, such as a
  • AMF mainly used for functions such as access control, mobility management, attachment and detachment.
  • SMF mainly used for user plane network element selection, user plane network element redirection, Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation for terminal equipment, session establishment, modification and release, and QoS control.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • UPF mainly used for receiving and forwarding user plane data.
  • the UPF can receive user plane data from the DN, and send the user plane data to the terminal device through the AN device.
  • UPF can also receive user plane data from terminal equipment through AN equipment and forward it to DN.
  • NEF It is mainly used to safely open services and capabilities provided by 3GPP network functions to the outside.
  • PCF A unified policy framework mainly used to guide network behavior, and provide policy rule information for control plane network elements (such as AMF, SMF, etc.).
  • AF It is mainly used to provide services to the 3GPP network, such as interacting with the PCF for policy control.
  • Network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF): mainly used for network slice selection.
  • UDM mainly used for UE subscription data management, including storage and management of UE ID, UE access authorization, etc.
  • DN mainly used for the operator network that provides data services for the UE.
  • the Internet Internet
  • a third-party service network IP multimedia service (IP multi-media service, IMS) network, and the like.
  • IP multimedia service IP multi-media service, IMS
  • AUSF mainly used for user authentication, etc.
  • NRF It is mainly used to save the description information of network functional entities and the services they provide.
  • various network elements can communicate through interfaces.
  • UE2 is connected to the AN device through a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) protocol, and a Uu interface is used for communication between the UE and the AN device.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the PC5 interface is used for communication between UE1 and UE2, and the PC5 interface can be used for mutual discovery between UEs and data and signaling transmission between UEs.
  • N1 is the interface between UE2 and AMF
  • N2 is the interface between (R)AN and AMF, used for sending non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) messages, etc.
  • N3 is RAN
  • the interface between UPF and UPF is used to transmit user plane data, etc.
  • N4 is the interface between SMF and UPF, used to transmit information such as tunnel identification information connected by N3, data cache indication information, and downlink data notification messages
  • the N6 interface is the interface between the UPF and the DN, and is used to transmit user plane data, etc.
  • the N11 interface is the interface between the AMF and the SMF.
  • network architecture shown above is only an example, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and any network architecture capable of realizing the functions of the foregoing network elements is applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the functions or network elements such as AMF, SMF, UPF, PCF, UDM, NSSF, and AUSF shown in Figure 1 can be understood as network elements for implementing different functions, for example, they can be combined into network slices as required.
  • These network elements can be independent devices, or can be integrated in the same device to achieve different functions, or can be network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or platforms (for example, cloud The virtualization function instantiated on the platform), this application does not limit the specific form of the above network elements.
  • Direct path The terminal device is directly connected to the access network device, that is, in the direct connection path, the terminal device and the access network device directly establish a connection and communicate without passing through other devices (such as , relay device).
  • the direct path may also be called a direct link (link).
  • the terminal device accesses the access network device through the relay device, that is, in the indirect path, the terminal device and the access network device pass through one or more relay devices Establish a connection and communicate.
  • the relay device is a relay (relay) UE
  • the terminal device is a remote (remote) UE.
  • the remote UE establishes a connection with the relay UE
  • the relay UE establishes a connection with the RAN, so that the remote The UE can establish a connection with the RAN through the relay UE.
  • the connection mode between the terminal device and the relay device may be the connection mode in 3GPP, for example, proximity-based services communication 5 (proximity-based services communication 5, PC5) connection, also It may be a connection mode in a short-distance communication technology, for example, a Bluetooth connection, a WiFi connection, and the like.
  • the connection method between the terminal device and the relay device may be the same as or different from the connection method between any two relay devices.
  • An indirect path may also be called an indirect link (link).
  • Protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session (PDU session): 5G core network (5G core network, 5GC) supports PDU connection business.
  • the PDU connection service may refer to a service of exchanging PDU data packets between the terminal device and the DN.
  • the PDU connection service is realized by the establishment of the PDU session initiated by the terminal device. After a PDU session is established, a data transmission channel between the terminal device and the DN is established. In other words, PDU sessions are at UE level. Each end device can establish one or more PDU sessions.
  • SMF is mainly responsible for session management in mobile networks.
  • the PDU session can be established, modified or released between the terminal device and the SMF through NAS session management (session management, SM) signaling.
  • NAS session management session management, SM
  • a PDU session can be identified by a PDU session identifier (PDU session identifier, PDU session ID).
  • PDU session identifier PDU session ID
  • QoS flow The QoS distinction granularity in the PDU session.
  • QoS flow identifier QoS flow identifier
  • QFI QoS flow identifier
  • a PDU session can include multiple QoS flows, and the QFI of each QoS flow is different. In other words, one QFI can be unique within one PDU session.
  • the QoS flow corresponding to the service may refer to the QoS flow used to transmit the data of the service.
  • the QoS flow may be called the QoS flow corresponding to the service.
  • the service carried by the QoS flow may refer to the service transmitted through the QoS flow.
  • the QoS requirements of the QoS flow may refer to the conditions that the QoS parameters corresponding to the QoS flow need to meet.
  • QoS parameters may include but not limited to: rate, delay, packet loss rate, priority, reliability, and so on.
  • the QoS requirement corresponding to the QoS flow is: the rate in the QoS parameter corresponding to the QoS flow needs to meet 7 megabits per second (Mbps), that is, greater than or equal to 7 Mbps.
  • Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture.
  • the network architecture 200 is based on the architecture 100 shown in FIG. ) UE) access to the network solution.
  • the remote UE can communicate with the DN through two paths, one is the direct path (direct path), specifically, the remote UE directly accesses the AN, and accesses the core network of the remote UE through the AN (including the AMF of the remote UE, the SMF of the remote UE, and the UPF of the remote UE), and perform signaling and data transmission through the AN and the core network and DN of the remote UE.
  • the other is an indirect path.
  • the remote UE first accesses the AN through the relay UE, then accesses the core network of the remote UE through the AN, and then passes through the core network of the AN and the remote UE.
  • Signaling and data transmission with DN For the relay UE, the direct path can also be used to communicate with the DN.
  • the relay UE can directly access the AN, access the core network of the relay UE through the AN (including the AMF of the relay UE, the SMF of the relay UE, and the UPF of the relay UE), and then communicate with the relay UE through the AN.
  • the core network and DN perform signaling and data transmission.
  • the relay UE in FIG. 2 is a layer-2 proximity-based services (proximity-based services, ProSe) user equipment-to-network relay (layer-2ProSe UE-to-network relay).
  • ProSe proximity-based services
  • layer-2ProSe UE-to-network relay layer-2ProSe UE-to-network relay
  • FIG. 3 shows a protocol stack architecture in which a remote UE performs user plane data transmission through a non-direct path.
  • a protocol data unit protocol data unit, PDU
  • layer is used to transfer data generated by an application software (applicable soft, APP) between the remote UE and the UPF.
  • the service data adaptation protocol service data adaptation protocol, SDAP
  • QoS quality of service
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the QoS flow consists of two parts: DRB between UE and NG-RAN, N3 connection between NG-RAN and UPF.
  • DRB is composed of two layers: packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer.
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • RLC radio link control
  • the PDCP layer is used to perform functions such as header compression, decompression, encryption/decryption, integrity protection, and integrity verification of user plane data
  • the PDCP layer is configured by an RRC message.
  • Media access control (mediu access control, MAC) is used to perform mapping between logical channels and transport channels, and to combine MAC data from different logical channels into one transport block.
  • PHY is the physical layer (physical layer, PHY).
  • the adaptation (adaptation) layer is used for the relay UE or the NG-RAN to indicate which remote UE the data packet contained in the RLC of the relay UE belongs to, and which radio bearer of the remote UE belongs to.
  • GTP-U General packet radio service
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • tunnel transmission protocol-user plane tunnel transmission protocol-user plane
  • TCP/IP transmission control protocol/internet protocol
  • UDP/IP User Datagram Protocol/Internet Protocol
  • GTP-U messages are used to carry user data between GTP-U entities.
  • L2 means layer 2 (layer 2)
  • L2 means layer 1 (layer 1).
  • the DRB of the remote UE consists of two parts: the PDCP layer between the NG-RAN and the remote UE, and the RLC layer between the NG-RAN and the relay UE .
  • the DRB of the remote UE consists of two parts: the PDCP layer between the NG-RAN and the remote UE, and the RLC layer between the NG-RAN and the relay UE.
  • the transmission process of uplink data is: the APP layer of the remote UE generates data, the remote UE maps the data to the QoS flow at the PDU layer, and sends the data to the Uu-SDAP layer, the data includes the QoS flow identifier, and the remote UE At the Uu SDAP layer, the UE maps the QoS flow to the DRB according to the QoS flow identifier, and sends the data of the QoS flow to the Uu PDCP layer corresponding to the DRB.
  • the remote UE sends the data of the Uu PDCP layer to the protocol stack of the PC5 interface for processing, and sends it to the relay UE through the PC5 interface.
  • the relay UE analyzes and obtains the Uu PDCP data of the remote UE, and adds an adaptation layer to the data, and the adaptation layer includes the identity of the remote UE.
  • the relay UE sends data to the NG-RAN through the Uu interface with the NG-RAN.
  • NG-RAN determines that the data belongs to the remote UE according to the identity of the remote UE in the adaptation layer, and uses the context of the remote UE to parse out the data of the remote UE.
  • NG-RAN communicates with the UPF
  • the N3 interface of the remote UE sends the data of the remote UE to the UPF.
  • the process of downlink data transmission is: NG-RAN receives the data sent by UPF to the remote UE, and determines that the remote UE uses the relay UE for data transmission according to the context of the remote UE. Further, the NG-RAN adds the identity of the remote UE in the adaptation layer and sends it to the relay UE. After the relay UE parses the data, it determines that the data belongs to the remote UE according to the identity of the remote UE in the adaptation layer, and sends the data to the remote UE through the PC5 interface between the relay UE and the remote UE, and the remote UE performs data analysis.
  • Fig. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of user plane data transmission performed by a remote UE in an indirect path transmission manner. As shown in Fig. 4, the method 400 includes the following steps.
  • the relay UE and the remote UE independently register with the 5G network.
  • the relay UE and the remote UE independently obtain authorization and authentication for performing the relay service, and obtain relevant authorization and authentication information.
  • the remote UE executes a relay UE discovery procedure, and selects a final UE.
  • the relay UE selected by the remote UE if the relay UE selected by the remote UE is in an idle (idle) state, the relay UE enters the connected state through a service request (SR) process after receiving a request from the remote UE
  • SR service request
  • the remote UE establishes a PC5 connection with the relay UE.
  • the remote UE establishes an RRC connection with the NG-RAN through the relay UE, and the NG-RAN is the same as the base station of the relay UE. That is, the remote UE establishes an access stratum (access stratum, AS) connection.
  • AS access stratum
  • the remote UE sends a NAS message to the AMF, the NAS message is encapsulated in an RRC message, and the RRC message is sent to the NG-RAN through the PC5 interface between the relay UE and the remote UE. That is, the remote UE establishes a NAS connection.
  • the remote UE initiates a PDU session establishment procedure.
  • the data of the remote UE is forwarded through the UPF, NG-RAN and the relay UE.
  • the remote UE uses a certain fixed path (direct path or non-direct path) to transmit service data. For example, if the terminal device determines that the transmission path is a direct path, the terminal device sends The network access device initiates a PDU session request, establishes the PDU session and QoS flow of the direct path, and then, the terminal device transmits data with the data network through the QoS flow of the direct path. Or, if the terminal device determines that the transmission path is a non-direct path, the terminal device initiates a PDU session request to the access network device through the relay device, and establishes a PDU session and QoS flow for the non-direct path. The QoS flow of the connection path and the data network transmit data. This transmission mode cannot dynamically meet service transmission requirements, for example, time delay, communication quality, or communication capacity.
  • This application provides a method and device for data transmission, so that the data transmission paths between the terminal equipment and the data network are diversified and can dynamically meet business needs.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Method 500 may include the following steps.
  • the terminal device sends a first request message to the network device through the first communication path.
  • the network device receives the first request message.
  • the network device may be a first session management function device.
  • the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used for instructing to establish the first QoS flow on the first communication path or the second communication path.
  • the first indication information may be a "direct (direct connection) indication” or an “indirect (indirect connection) indication”.
  • direct (directly connected) indication indicates that a QoS flow is established on a direct path
  • indirect (indirect) indication indicates that a QoS flow is established on an indirect path.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the first indication information is direct (direct connected) indication
  • the first indication information is an indirect (non-direct connection) indication
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, then the first indication information is indirect( non-direct connection) indication; if the first indication information is used to instruct the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, then the first indication information is a direct (direct connection) indication.
  • the terminal device may determine the path established by the first QoS flow as the first communication path or the second communication path according to service transmission requirements and usage of each communication path, so as to better meet service transmission requirements.
  • the first request message may be a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) message such as a PDU session establishment request message or a PDU session modification request message.
  • the first request message may include identification information of the first PDU session, and the identification information of the first PDU session may be used to identify the first PDU session, for example, a PDU session ID.
  • the first communication path is a direct path
  • the second communication path is a non-direct path
  • the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device is directly connected to the first access network device.
  • the terminal device sends a message #A to the network device through the first communication path (the message #A can be the first request message, or the second request message or the third request message hereinafter), including:
  • the terminal device sends message #A to the first access network device through the Uu interface, and the first access network device sends message #A to the first session management function device.
  • the first access network device is a device that provides access services for terminal devices.
  • the first communication path is a non-direct path
  • the second communication path is a direct path
  • the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends a message #A to the network device through the first communication path (the message #A can be the first request message, or the second request message or the third request message hereinafter), including:
  • the terminal device sends a message #A to the first relay terminal device through the PC5 interface, the first relay terminal device sends a message #A to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends a message to the first session management function device #A.
  • the first access network device is a device that provides access services for the first relay terminal device.
  • the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal equipment.
  • the first QoS flow may be used to transmit data of service #A of the terminal device.
  • the first session management function device determines first QoS configuration information according to the first request message.
  • the first QoS configuration information is used to determine access network resources of the first QoS flow.
  • the access network resource (access network recourse) of the first QoS flow can also be understood as a radio resource (radio resource) corresponding to the first QoS flow or a radio configuration corresponding to the first QoS flow.
  • radio resource information or configuration information of PDCP, RLC, MAC, PHY, etc. corresponding to the first QoS flow.
  • the first session management function device may determine the first QoS configuration information according to the first request message, where the first QoS configuration information includes QoS parameters of the first QoS flow, for example, the QoS parameters may include: 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS identifier, 5QI) (represents a set of QoS parameters, including bandwidth, delay jitter, etc.), allocation retention priority (allocation retention priority, ARP), guaranteed bit rate (guaranteed bit rate, GBR), maximum bit rate (maximum bit rate, MBR), QoS notification control (qos notification control, QNC), etc.
  • 5G QoS identifier 5G QoS identifier, 5QI
  • ARP allocation retention priority
  • guaranteed bit rate guaranteed bit rate
  • GBR maximum bit rate
  • QoS notification control qos notification control, QNC
  • the first QoS configuration information may be a QoS profile (QoS profile) of the first QoS flow.
  • the first session management function device stores the corresponding relationship between the first QoS flow and the path indicated by the first indication information. In other words, the first session management function device stores the path of the first QoS flow.
  • the first indication information is a direct indication
  • the first session management function device stores a correspondence between the first QoS flow and the direct path, and the correspondence indicates that the first QoS flow is a QoS flow established on the direct path.
  • the first indication information is an indirect indication
  • the first session management function device stores the correspondence between the first QoS flow and the indirect path, and the correspondence indicates that the first QoS flow is a QoS flow established on the indirect path.
  • the first session management function device sends the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information.
  • the first session management function device may send the first indication information and the determined first QoS configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device configures access network resources of the first QoS flow.
  • the first access network device sends the first resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
  • the terminal device receives the first resource configuration information through the first communication path.
  • the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow.
  • the access network resource of the first QoS flow includes a data radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB) of the first QoS flow.
  • DRB data radio bearer
  • the DRB of the first QoS flow may include a Uu interface DRB, or, the DRB of the first QoS flow includes a Uu interface DRB and a PC5 interface DRB.
  • the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information.
  • the first resource configuration information is determined by the first access network device.
  • the first access network device determines to establish the first QoS flow on the first communication path according to the first indication information.
  • the access network resources of the first QoS flow are the access network resources of the first communication path
  • the first access network device may determine the first resource configuration information according to the first QoS configuration information, and send the first resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
  • the first resource configuration information is determined by the second access network device.
  • the first access network device determines to establish the first QoS flow on the second communication path according to the first indication information.
  • the access network resources of the first QoS flow are the access network resources of the second communication path , assuming that the second communication path includes the second access network device, the first access network device may send the first QoS configuration information to the second access network device, and the second access network device determines The first resource configuration information is then sent to the first access network device.
  • the terminal device can send the first indication information to the network device through the first communication path, instructing to establish the first QoS flow on the first communication path or the second communication path, and the first access network device through the first communication path
  • a communication path sends first resource configuration information to the terminal device to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, where the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information.
  • the first QoS flow can be established on the first communication path or the second communication path, avoiding the use of a fixed communication path to transmit service data, It can dynamically meet the needs of business transmission.
  • the first QoS flow may be one or more QoS flows of the first PDU session, without limitation.
  • the terminal device, the first access network device, and the core network device have established two QoS flows on the first communication path or the second communication path: QoS flow 1 and QoS flow 2, where The first QoS flow refers to QoS flow 1 and QoS flow 2 .
  • the terminal device is a remote (remote) terminal device.
  • step S510 includes: the terminal device sends the first request message to the access and mobility management function device, and the access and mobility management function device sends the first request message to the first session management function device.
  • the terminal device may send the first request message to the access and mobility management function device through an uplink (uplink, UP) NAS message.
  • the access and mobility management function device may send the first request message to the first session management function device through an N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session creation context (Nsmf_PDUsession_createSMcontext request) request or the like.
  • both the NAS message and the N11 message may include identification information of the first PDU session, and the identification information of the first PDU session may be a first PDU session ID.
  • step S530 includes: the first session management function device sends the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information to the access and mobility management function device, and the access and mobility management function device sends the first access network The device sends first indication information and first QoS configuration information.
  • the first session management function device may send the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information to the access and mobility management function device through an N11 message.
  • the N11 message may be a N1N2 message delivery (Namf_communication_N1N2MessageTransfer) message
  • the N11 message includes an N1 SM container (N1SM container) and an N2 SM container (N2 SM container)
  • the N2 SM container includes the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information.
  • the access and mobility management functional device sends the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information to the first access network device through an N2 message, where the N2 message may be a PDU session resource setup request (PDU session resource setup request) message or PDU session resource modify request (PDU session resource modify request) message, etc.
  • N2 message may be a PDU session resource setup request (PDU session resource setup request) message or PDU session resource modify request (PDU session resource modify request) message, etc.
  • both the N11 message and the N2 message may include identification information of the first PDU session, and the identification information of the first PDU session may be a first PDU session ID.
  • the N11 message may also include an N1 SM container (N1 SM container), and the N1 SM container includes a PDU session establishment acceptance (accept) message or a PDU session modification acceptance message.
  • the access and mobility management function device can send the N1 SM container to the terminal device.
  • the first indication information is used to instruct the first QoS to be established on the first communication path
  • the method 500 may further include: the terminal device sends to the network device through the first communication path Second request message.
  • the network device receives the second request message.
  • the network device may be a first session management function device.
  • the second request message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct establishment of the second QoS flow on the second communication path.
  • the second QoS flow may be one or more QoS flows of the first PDU session, without limitation.
  • the terminal device requests to establish QoS flow 3 and QoS flow 4 on the second communication path, where the second QoS flow refers to That is, QoS flow 3 and QoS flow 4.
  • the second indication information may be a "direct (direct connection) indication” or an “indirect (indirect connection) indication”.
  • direct (directly connected) indication indicates that a QoS flow is established on a direct path
  • indirect (non-direct) indication indicates that a QoS flow is established on an indirect path.
  • the second indication information is an indirect (indirect) indication.
  • the second indication information is a direct (direct connection) indication.
  • the second request message may be a PDU session modification request message.
  • the second request message may include identification information of the first PDU session, for example, a PDU session ID.
  • the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal equipment.
  • the second QoS flow may be used to transmit data of service #A of the terminal device.
  • the data of the service #A of the terminal device can be transmitted not only through the first QoS flow of the first communication path, but also through the second QoS flow of the second communication path.
  • the data of the same service is transmitted through two different communication paths, which can improve the reliability of data transmission of the terminal device.
  • the second QoS flow may be used to transmit data of service #B of the terminal device.
  • the data of service #A of the terminal device can be transmitted through the first QoS flow of the first communication path
  • the data of service #B of the terminal device can be transmitted through the second QoS flow of the second communication path.
  • the data transmission rate of the terminal device can be increased by transmitting the data of the two services through two different communication paths.
  • both the second QoS flow and the first QoS flow belong to the first PDU session.
  • the method 500 further includes: the first session management function device determines the second QoS configuration information according to the second request message.
  • the second QoS configuration information is used to determine access network resources of the second QoS flow.
  • the access network resource of the second QoS flow may also be understood as a radio resource (radio resource) corresponding to the second QoS flow or a radio configuration corresponding to the second QoS flow.
  • radio resource information or configuration information of PDCP, RLC, MAC, PHY, etc. corresponding to the second QoS flow.
  • the first session management function device may determine the second QoS configuration information according to the second request message, the second QoS configuration information includes QoS parameters of the second QoS flow, for example, the QoS parameters may include: 5QI, ARP, GBR, MBR, QNC, etc.
  • the second QoS configuration information may be a QoS profile (QoS profile) of the second QoS flow.
  • the first session management function device may store the correspondence between the second QoS flow and the path indicated by the second indication information. In other words, the first session management function device stores the path of the second QoS flow.
  • the second indication information is a direct indication
  • the first session management function device stores the correspondence between the second QoS flow and the direct path, indicating that the second QoS flow is a QoS flow established on the direct path.
  • the second indication information is an indirect indication
  • the first session management function device stores the correspondence between the second QoS flow and the indirect path, indicating that the second QoS flow is a QoS flow established on the indirect path.
  • the method 500 further includes: the first session management function device sends the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information.
  • the method 500 further includes: the first access network device sending the second resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
  • the terminal device receives the second resource configuration information through the first communication path.
  • the second resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
  • the access network resources of the second QoS flow include the DRB of the second QoS flow.
  • the DRB of the second QoS flow may include the DRB of the Uu interface, or, the DRB of the second QoS flow includes the DRB of the Uu interface and the DRB of the PC5 interface.
  • the second resource configuration information is determined according to the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information.
  • the second resource configuration information is determined by the first access network device.
  • the second communication path is a path through which the terminal device is directly connected to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may determine the path of the second QoS flow according to the second indication information, and The QoS configuration information determines the second resource configuration information, and sends the second resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
  • the second resource configuration information is determined by the second access network device.
  • the second communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the second access network device.
  • the first access network device may determine the path of the second QoS flow according to the second indication information, and send the second The QoS configuration information is sent to the second access network device, and the second access network device determines the second resource configuration information according to the second QoS configuration information, and then sends it to the first access network device.
  • the terminal device and the first access network device can also establish a second QoS flow on the second communication path, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device, so that the connection between the terminal device and the data network
  • the communication paths are diverse, which can increase the rate of data transmission or provide reliability of data transmission.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the first QoS is established on the first communication path
  • the method 500 may further include: the terminal device sending the network device Send the third request message.
  • the network device receives the third request message.
  • the network device may be a first session management function device.
  • the third request message includes third indication information and QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow, and the third indication information is used to indicate to transfer the third QoS flow to the second communication path.
  • the third indication information may be any of the following: “direct (direct connection) indication”, “indirect (non-direct connection) indication”, “transfer (transfer) indication”, “transfer to direct (transfer) To direct) instruction”, “transfer to indirect (transfer to non-direct connection) instruction”, “transfer (transfer) instruction + direct (direct connection) instruction”, “transfer (transfer) instruction + indirect (non-direct connection) instruction” .
  • direct (direct connection) instruction indicates that the third QoS flow is transferred to the direct connection path
  • indirect (indirect) indication indicates that the third QoS flow is transferred to the indirect path
  • transfer (transfer) indication means to transfer the communication path of the third QoS flow, and the first session management function device and the first access network device can determine the transferred path according to the current path of the third QoS flow.
  • the third indication information is "indirect indication”, “transfer to indirect (transfer to indirect) indication”, “transfer (transfer)+indirect (indirect) indication” ".
  • the third indication information is "direct indication”, “transfer to direct (transfer to direct) indication”, “transfer (transfer)+direct (direct connection) indication”.
  • the third indication information is "transfer indication”
  • the first session management function device and the first access network device will follow the "transfer (transfer) indication" Determine to transfer the third QoS flow to the direct path; if the current path of the third QoS flow is a direct path, the first session management function device and the first access network device determine to transfer the third QoS flow according to the "transfer (transfer) instruction"
  • the three QoS flows are transferred to indirect paths.
  • the third request message may be a PDU session modification request message.
  • the third request message may include identification information of the first PDU session, for example, a PDU session ID.
  • the third QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows.
  • the third QoS flow may be one or more QoS flows of the first PDU session, without limitation. For example, suppose two QoS flows have been established on the first communication path: QoS flow 1 and QoS flow 2, and the terminal device requests to transfer QoS flow 1 from the first communication path to the second communication path, where the first QoS flow Refers to QoS flow 1 and QoS flow 2, and the third QoS flow refers to QoS flow 1.
  • the QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow may be the QFI of the third QoS flow.
  • the third QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal equipment.
  • the third QoS flow may be used to transmit data of service #A of the terminal device.
  • the third QoS flow can be transferred from the first communication path to the second communication path, and the data of the service #A of the terminal device can be continuously transmitted using the third QoS flow.
  • the data of the same service is transmitted through two different communication paths, which can improve the reliability of data transmission of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device transfers at least one third QoS flow in the first communication path to the second communication path, and passes the third QoS flow in the second communication path.
  • the streaming service #A can guarantee the transmission requirements of the service #A.
  • the third QoS flow may be used to transmit data of service #B of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device transfers at least one third QoS flow in the first communication path to the second communication path, through the second communication path The third QoS streaming service #B.
  • the method 500 further includes: the first session management function device determines third QoS configuration information according to the third request message.
  • the third QoS configuration information is used to determine access network resources of the third QoS flow.
  • the access network resource of the third QoS flow may also be understood as a radio resource (radio resource) corresponding to the third QoS flow or a radio configuration corresponding to the third QoS flow.
  • radio resource information or configuration information of PDCP, RLC, MAC, PHY, etc. corresponding to the third QoS flow.
  • the first session management function device may determine third QoS configuration information according to the third request message, where the third QoS configuration information includes QoS parameters of the third QoS flow, for example, the QoS parameters may include: 5QI, ARP, GBR, MBR, QNC, etc.
  • the third QoS configuration information may be a QoS profile (QoS profile) of the third QoS flow.
  • the first session management function device may update the corresponding relationship between the third QoS flow and the path of the third QoS flow according to the third indication information.
  • the third indication information is a direct indication
  • the first session management function device stores the corresponding relationship between the third QoS flow and the direct path, indicating that the third QoS flow after the transfer is a QoS flow established on the direct path.
  • the current path of the third QoS flow is a direct indication
  • the third indication information is a transfer indication
  • the first session management function device stores the corresponding relationship between the third QoS flow and the indirect path, indicating that the third QoS flow after transfer It is a QoS flow established on an indirect path.
  • the method 500 further includes: the first session management function device sends third indication information and third QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device receives third indication information and third QoS configuration information.
  • the method 500 further includes: the first access network device sending third resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
  • the terminal device receives the third resource configuration information through the first communication path.
  • the third resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the third QoS flow.
  • the access network resources of the third QoS flow include the DRB of the third QoS flow.
  • the DRB of the third QoS flow may include the DRB of the Uu interface, or, the DRB of the third QoS flow includes the DRB of the Uu interface and the DRB of the PC5 interface.
  • the third resource configuration information is determined according to the third indication information and the third QoS configuration information.
  • the third resource configuration information is determined by the first access network device.
  • the second communication path is a path through which the terminal device is directly connected to the first access network device.
  • the first access network device may determine the path of the third QoS flow according to the third indication information, and The QoS configuration information determines the third resource configuration information, and sends the third resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
  • the third resource configuration information is determined by the second access network device.
  • the second communication path is a path directly connecting the terminal device to the second access network device.
  • the first access network device may determine the path of the third QoS flow according to the third indication information, and send the third The QoS configuration information is sent to the second access network device, and the second access network device determines the third resource configuration information according to the third QoS configuration information, and then sends it to the first access network device.
  • the method 500 further includes: the first access network device deletes the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path according to the third indication information.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path, and delete the third QoS flow on the first Access network resources for communication paths. That is, the third resource configuration information is not only used to allocate the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path to the terminal device, but also used to configure the terminal device to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path. resource.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path
  • the method further includes: the first access The network access device sends fourth configuration information to the terminal device, where the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path. That is, the third resource configuration information is used to allocate the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path to the terminal device, and the fourth configuration information is used to configure the terminal device to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path. access to resources.
  • the terminal device and the first access network device can transfer the third QoS flow to the second communication path, so that the communication paths between the terminal device and the data network are diversified, and the efficiency of data transmission can be improved. rate, or to provide reliability of data transmission.
  • the first request message includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the determined session management function device that supports multipath communication.
  • the fourth indication information may be "Multi-Path indication”.
  • the session management function device supporting multi-path communication refers to that the session management function device supports the management of the direct connection path and the non-direct connection communication path at the same time.
  • the method 500 further includes: the access and mobility management function device determines the first session management function device according to the fourth indication information, and the first session management function device supports multipath communication.
  • the access and mobility management function device may select the first session management function device from multiple session management function devices supporting multipath communication according to the fourth indication information.
  • the access and mobility management function device sends the first request message to the first session management function device.
  • the terminal device and the first access network device can also transfer the third QoS flow to the second communication path, so that the communication paths between the terminal device and the data network are diversified, and data transmission can be improved rate, or to provide the reliability of data transmission
  • case 1 The description below is divided into case 1 and case 2 according to the specific paths referred to by the first communication path and the second communication path.
  • the first communication path is a direct connection path.
  • the direct connection path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the first access network device, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path.
  • the first access network device is a device that provides access services for terminal devices.
  • the information exchange between the terminal device and the first access network device is all through the direct connection path.
  • case 1 according to the specific content indicated by the first indication information, it is divided into case 1-1 and case 1-2 for description.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path.
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device can be understood as the Uu-PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Configuration of the Uu-PHY layer.
  • the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured in the first resource configuration information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path.
  • the method 500 may further include: the first access network device acquires the cell identity of the first relay terminal device, and the devices on the second communication path include the first relay terminal device.
  • the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device may be understood as the cell identifier of the access cell of the first relay terminal device.
  • the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device is used to determine the access network device of the first relay terminal device.
  • the acquisition of the cell identity of the first relay terminal device by the first access network device may be implemented in the following manner.
  • the first access network device determines the first relay terminal device and the cell identity of the first relay terminal device according to the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device.
  • the first access network device may send first measurement configuration information to the terminal device according to the first instruction information, where the first measurement configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to measure the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device.
  • a piece of measurement configuration information includes an identifier of at least one relay terminal device.
  • the identifier (identifier, ID) of the relay terminal device may be a cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), a globally unique temporary UE identity (GUTI) or a temporary mobile User identity (serving-temporary mobile subscriber identity, S-TMSI).
  • C-RNTI cell-radio network temporary identifier
  • GUI globally unique temporary UE identity
  • S-TMSI temporary mobile User identity
  • the terminal device receives the first measurement configuration information, and then measures the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device according to the first measurement configuration information.
  • the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device refers to the signal strength of the PC5 connection between each of the at least one relay terminal device and the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends a first measurement report to the first access network device, where the first measurement report includes the identifier of the at least one relay terminal device, the cell identifier of at least one relay terminal device, and the PC5 signal of at least one relay terminal device strength.
  • the cell identifier of at least one relay terminal device may be a new radio cell global identifier (NR cell global identifier, NCGI).
  • NR cell global identifier NCGI
  • the first access network device determines the first relay terminal device according to the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device.
  • the first access network device may select the first relay terminal device according to the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device, for example, select the one with the best PC5 signal strength from at least one relay terminal device
  • the relay terminal device serves as the first relay terminal device.
  • the first access network device may select at least one candidate relay terminal device according to the cell identifier of at least one relay terminal device, and determine the first center cell according to the PC5 signal strength of at least one candidate relay terminal device. following terminal equipment.
  • At least one relay terminal device includes N relay terminal devices, where N is a positive integer, and the first access network device determines M candidate relay terminal devices according to the cell identities of the N relay terminal devices, and the M candidate relay terminal devices.
  • the cell identities of the relay terminal devices correspond to the same access network device, for example, the cell identities of the M candidate relay terminal devices all correspond to the first access network device, and the first access network device selects from the M candidate relay terminal Among the devices, the relay terminal device with the best signal strength of PC5 is selected as the first relay terminal device.
  • the first access network device may determine the cell identity of the first relay terminal device according to the correspondence between at least one relay terminal device and the cell identity of at least one relay terminal device.
  • the first access network device receives a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message from the terminal device, where the RRC message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the first access network device when the PC5 connection between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device is already in the connected state, the first access network device sends an RRC message to the terminal device, for example, a relay terminal request message, and the relay terminal requests The message is used to request the terminal device to report the information of the relay terminal device. Further, the terminal device replies an RRC message to the first access network device, for example, a relay terminal response message, where the relay terminal response message includes the identifier of the first relay terminal device and the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  • the first access network device receives a first message from the first session management function device or the access and mobility management function device, where the first message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  • the terminal device may carry the identifier of the first relay terminal device and the ID of the first relay terminal device in the first request message.
  • the first session management functional device or the access and mobility management functional device may send a first message to the first access network device, where the first message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  • the first message is sent together with the first QoS configuration information.
  • the method 500 may further include: the first access network device determines the access network device of the first relay terminal device according to the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  • the first access network device may determine, according to the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, a device that provides access services for the first relay terminal device, that is, an access network device of the first relay terminal device.
  • the first access network device may determine the access network device of the first relay terminal device according to the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device and the corresponding relationship.
  • the cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device
  • the first access network device determines the access network device of the first relay terminal device according to the identifier of the access network device in the cell identifier.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device
  • the second communication path is an indirect path
  • the indirect path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal A path for the device to connect to the first access network device.
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device can be understood as the configuration information of the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer for establishing a connection between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device.
  • Configuration the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device is understood as the configuration of the Uu-PDCP layer for the terminal device to establish a connection with the first access network device through the first relay terminal device.
  • the first resource configuration information is determined by the first access network device.
  • the method 500 further includes: the first access network device generates fifth resource configuration information according to the first QoS configuration information, where the fifth resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the first relay terminal device configuration information of the PC5 interface between the first relay terminal device and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device. Further, the first access network device sends fifth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device.
  • the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device can be understood as the configuration information of the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer that the first relay terminal device establishes a connection with the terminal device.
  • the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device is understood as the Uu-RLC layer and Uu-MAC layer for the first relay terminal device to establish a connection with the first access network device , Uu-PHY layer configuration.
  • the first access network device will transfer the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the first relay terminal device and the terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device The information is sent to the first relay terminal device, so as to complete the resource configuration of the first relay terminal device.
  • the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured by the first resource configuration information and the fifth resource configuration information.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is an indirect path
  • the indirect path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay A path for the terminal device to connect to the second access network device.
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  • the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device can be understood as the configuration information of the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer for establishing a connection between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device.
  • Configuration the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device is understood as the configuration of the Uu-PDCP layer for the terminal device to establish a connection with the second access network device through the first relay terminal device.
  • the first resource configuration information is determined by the second access network device.
  • the method 500 further includes: the first access network device sends a second message to the second access network device, the second message includes the first QoS configuration information, and the second access network device The first resource configuration information is determined, and further, the second access network device sends the first resource configuration information to the first access network device.
  • the second message further includes the identifier of the first relay terminal device and the identifier of the terminal device.
  • the method 500 further includes: the second access network device generates sixth resource configuration information according to the first QoS configuration information, where the sixth resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the first relay terminal device The configuration information of the PC5 interface between, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the second access network device. Further, the second terminal device sends the sixth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device.
  • the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device can be understood as the configuration information of the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer that the first relay terminal device establishes a connection with the terminal device.
  • the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the second access network device is understood as the Uu-RLC layer and Uu-MAC layer for the first relay terminal device to establish a connection with the second access network device , Uu-PHY layer configuration.
  • the second access network device will transfer the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the second access network device The information is sent to the first relay terminal device, so as to complete the resource configuration of the first relay terminal device.
  • the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured by the first resource configuration information and the sixth resource configuration information.
  • the first communication path is an indirect path.
  • the indirect path is a path for a terminal device to connect to the first access network device through a first relay terminal device
  • the second communication path is a direct path.
  • the first access network device is a device that provides access services for the first relay terminal device.
  • the information exchange between the terminal device and the first access network device is through an indirect path.
  • case 2 according to the specific content indicated by the first indication information, it is divided into case 2-1 and case 2-2 for description.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path.
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device can be understood as the configuration information of the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer for establishing a connection between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device.
  • Configuration the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device is understood as the configuration of the Uu-PDCP layer for the terminal device to establish a connection with the first access network device through the first relay terminal device.
  • the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured in the first resource configuration information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path.
  • the method 500 may further include: the first access network device acquires the access network device of the terminal device.
  • the acquisition of the access network device of the terminal device by the first access network device may be implemented in the following manner.
  • the first access network device determines the access network device of the terminal device according to the signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can camp.
  • the first access network device may send second measurement configuration information to the terminal device according to the first indication information, where the second measurement configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to measure the resident cell and the resident cell of the terminal device.
  • the signal strength of the cell may be used to instruct the terminal device to measure the resident cell and the resident cell of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the second measurement configuration information, and then measures the campable cell and the cell signal strength of the campable cell according to the second measurement configuration information.
  • the terminal device sends a second measurement report to the first access network device, where the second measurement report includes the cell identity of the cell where the terminal device can camp and the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can camp.
  • the cell identifier of the cell that can reside may be a new radio cell global identifier (NR cell global identifier, NCGI).
  • NR cell global identifier NCGI
  • the first access network device may determine the access cell of the terminal device according to the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can reside, and determine the device that provides access services for the terminal device according to the cell identifier of the access cell of the terminal device, that is, the terminal The device's access network device.
  • the first access network device selects the resident cell with the best cell signal strength as the access cell of the terminal device, and determines The access network equipment of the terminal equipment.
  • Method 2 The first access network device receives an RRC message from the terminal device, where the RRC message includes the cell identifier of the terminal device, and the first access network device determines the access network device of the terminal device according to the cell identifier of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device when a connection has been directly established between the terminal device and a certain access network device, the first access network device sends an RRC message to the terminal device, and the RRC message is used to request the terminal device to report the cell information of the terminal device . Further, the terminal device replies an RRC response message to the first access network device, where the RRC response message includes the identifier of the terminal device and the cell identifier of the terminal device.
  • the first access network device determines a device that provides access services for the terminal device according to the cell identifier of the terminal device, that is, the access network device of the terminal device.
  • the cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device
  • the first access network device determines the access network device of the terminal device according to the identifier of the access network device in the cell identifier.
  • Mode 3 The first access network device receives a fourth message from the first session management function device or access and mobility management function device, where the fourth message includes the cell identifier of the terminal device, and the first access network device receives the fourth message according to the terminal device The cell identity of the device determines the access network device of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may carry the identifier of the terminal device and the cell identifier of the terminal device in the first request message, and the first session management function device Or, the access and mobility management functional device may send a fourth message to the first access network device, where the fourth message includes the cell identifier of the terminal device.
  • the fourth message is sent together with the first QoS configuration information.
  • the first access network device determines, according to the cell identifier of the terminal device, a device that provides access services for the terminal device, that is, an access network device of the terminal device.
  • the cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device
  • the first access network device determines the access network device of the terminal device according to the identifier of the access network device in the cell identifier.
  • the cell identifier of the terminal device may be understood as the cell identifier of the access cell of the terminal device.
  • the access network device of the terminal device is a first access network device
  • the second communication path is a direct connection path
  • the direct connection path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the first access network device
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device can be understood as the Uu-PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Configuration of the Uu-PHY layer.
  • the first resource configuration information is determined by the first access network device.
  • the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured in the first resource configuration information.
  • the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is a direct connection path
  • the direct connection path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the second access network device.
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  • the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device can be understood as the Uu-PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Configuration of the Uu-PHY layer.
  • the first resource configuration information is determined by the second access network device.
  • the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured in the first resource configuration information.
  • the method 500 further includes: the first access network device sends a third message to the second access network device, where the third message includes the first QoS configuration information, and the second access network device The first resource configuration information is determined, and further, the second access network device sends the first resource configuration information to the first access network device.
  • the third message further includes an identifier of the terminal device.
  • case 2-1 if the terminal device also sends the second request message or the third request message, the specific method for determining the access network device of the terminal device can refer to case 2-2.
  • the first QoS flow For the content of the access network resources refer to the description in Case 2-2.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 600 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 600 may include the following steps.
  • the remote UE sends a request message #1 to the AMF on the direct path.
  • the remote UE sends a request message #1 (an example of the first request message) to the gNB1, and the gNB1 sends the request message #1 to the AMF.
  • a request message #1 an example of the first request message
  • the request message #1 includes indication information #1 (an example of first indication information), the indication information #1 is a direct indication, and the direct indication is used to instruct to establish a QoS flow on the direct path.
  • indication information #1 an example of first indication information
  • the indication information #1 is a direct indication
  • the direct indication is used to instruct to establish a QoS flow on the direct path.
  • the request message #1 also includes indication information #4 (an example of fourth indication information), where the indication information #4 is a Multi-Path indication, and the Multi-Path indication is used to instruct the AMF to select an SMF supporting multi-path communication.
  • indication information #4 an example of fourth indication information
  • the indication information #4 is a Multi-Path indication
  • the Multi-Path indication is used to instruct the AMF to select an SMF supporting multi-path communication.
  • the request message #1 may be a PDU session establish request (PDU session establish request) message.
  • the remote UE can send request message #1 through UL NAS message.
  • the request message #1 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
  • the gNB1 is a base station that provides services for remote UEs.
  • the AMF sends a request message #1 to the SMF.
  • the AMF determines the SMF supporting multipath according to the indication information #4, and sends a request message #1 to the SMF.
  • the AMF may send a request message #1 to the SMF through an N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session creation context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_createSMcontext request) message or the like.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_createSMcontext request PDU session creation context request
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #1 according to the request message #1.
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #1 (an example of the first QoS configuration information) according to the request message #1, and the QoS configuration information #1 includes QoS parameters of the QoS flow #1 (an example of the first QoS flow).
  • the path of the QoS flow #1 established by the SMF record is a direct path.
  • the SMF sends indication information #1, QoS configuration information #1 and response message #1 to gNB1.
  • the response message #1 is used to respond to the request message #1.
  • the response message #1 may be a PDU session establish accept (PDU session establish accept) message.
  • the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes an N1 SM container and an N2SM container, the N1 SM container includes a response message #1, and the N2 SM container includes indication information #1 and QoS configuration information #1, wherein , the N11 message may be a N1N2 message transfer (Namf_communication_N1N2MessageTransfer) message.
  • N11 message may be a N1N2 message transfer (Namf_communication_N1N2MessageTransfer) message.
  • AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
  • gNB1 sends resource configuration information #1 and response message #1 to the remote UE.
  • the gNB1 determines resource configuration information #1 (an example of the first resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #1.
  • the resource configuration information #1 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the Uu- PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer) air interface resources.
  • gNB1 sends resource configuration information #1 and N1 SM container to the remote UE.
  • QoS flow #1 is established on the direct path of the remote UE.
  • one or more QoS flows may be established, and the method 600 uses one as an example for illustration, and this one QoS flow is QoS flow #1.
  • the remote UE sends a request message #2 to the AMF on the direct path.
  • the remote UE If the remote UE needs to transmit data on the non-direct path, the remote UE sends a request message #2 to the AMF on the direct path.
  • the remote UE sends a request message #2 (an example of a second request message) to the gNB1, and the gNB1 sends the request message #2 to the AMF.
  • a request message #2 an example of a second request message
  • the request message #2 includes indication information #2 (an example of second indication information), where the indication information #2 is an indirect indication, and the indirect indication is used for instructing to establish a QoS flow on a non-direct path.
  • indication information #2 an example of second indication information
  • the request message #2 may be a PDU session modification request (PDU session modification request) message, and the request message #2 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
  • PDU session modification request PDU session modification request
  • the remote UE can send request message #2 through UL NAS message.
  • AMF sends request message #2 to SMF.
  • the AMF may send the request message #2 to the SMF through the N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message or the like.
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #2 according to the request message #2.
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #2 (an example of the second QoS configuration information) according to the request message #2, and the QoS configuration information #2 includes QoS parameters of the QoS flow #2 (an example of the second QoS flow).
  • the path of the QoS flow #2 established by the SMF record is an indirect path.
  • the SMF sends indication information #2, QoS configuration information #2 and response message #2 to gNB1.
  • the response message #2 is used to respond to the request message #2.
  • the response message #2 may be a PDU session modification accept (PDU session modification accept) message.
  • the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes an N1 SM container and an N2 SM container, the N1 SM container includes a response message #2, and the N2 SM container includes indication information #2 and QoS configuration information #2,
  • the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message.
  • AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
  • gNB1 sends measurement configuration information #1 to the remote UE according to indication information #2.
  • the measurement configuration information #1 is used to instruct the remote UE to report PC5 strength signals of one or more relay UEs.
  • the remote UE sends a measurement report #1 to gNB1.
  • the remote UE measures the PC5 signal strength of one or more relay UEs, and sends a measurement report #1 to gNB1, and the measurement report #1 includes IDs and cell IDs of one or more relay UEs and PC5 signal strength.
  • gNB1 determines the relay UE1.
  • the gNB1 determines the relay UE1 according to the PC5 signal strength of one or more relay UEs.
  • gNB1 determines a base station for relaying UE1.
  • the gNB1 determines, according to the cell identity of the relay UE1, that the base station providing the access service for the relay UE1 is gNB1.
  • gNB1 sends resource configuration information #2 to relay UE1.
  • gNB1 determines resource configuration information #2 (an example of fifth resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #2, and the resource configuration information #2 is used to configure the Uu interface between relay UE1 and gNB1 (including relay UE1 Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer), and the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, PC5 -PHY layer) air interface resources.
  • resource configuration information #2 an example of fifth resource configuration information
  • gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #2 to the relay UE1.
  • the resource configuration information #2 is sent to the relay UE1 through an RRC configuration message.
  • gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #13 and response message #2 to the remote UE.
  • gNB1 determines resource configuration information #13 (an example of second resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #2, and the resource configuration information #13 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the remote UE The air interface resources of the Uu-PDCP layer) and the air interface resources of the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the remote UE).
  • resource configuration information #13 an example of second resource configuration information
  • the gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #13 and N1 SM container.
  • QoS flow #1 is established on the direct path of the remote UE
  • QoS flow #2 is established on the non-direct path of the remote UE, and the base station of the direct path and the base station of the non-direct path same.
  • S610 to S612 are mainly applicable to the scenario where the remote UE is not connected to the relay UE, and in the case that the remote UE is not connected to the relay UE, S610 to S612 can be used to determine based on information of one or more relay UEs Relay UE1.
  • gNB1 sends an RRC message to the remote UE, where the RRC message is used to request information of the relay UE.
  • the remote UE sends an RRC message to the gNB1, the RRC message is used to respond to S616, and the RRC message includes the identifier of the relay UE1 and the cell identifier of the relay UE1.
  • S606 and S607 include the identity of the relay UE1 and the cell identity of the relay UE1.
  • the SMF sends the identity of the relay UE1 and the cell identity of the relay UE1 to the gNB1 through the N2 container.
  • Delete S610 to S612, S606 and S609 include the identity of the relay UE1 and the cell identity of the relay UE1. specifically:
  • S606 includes the identity of the relay UE1 and the cell identity of the relay UE1.
  • the N2 SM container includes the identity of the relay UE1 and the cell identity of the relay UE1.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 600 of the present application is applied.
  • the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE
  • the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE.
  • (a) of FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S601 to S605. As shown in (a) of FIG. 7 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path.
  • (b) of FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S606 to S615. As shown in (b) of FIG. 7, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path and a non- direct path.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 800 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 800 may include the following steps.
  • S801 to S812 may refer to S601 to S612.
  • gNB1 determines a base station for relaying UE1.
  • the gNB1 determines, according to the cell identity of the relay UE1, that the base station providing the access service for the relay UE1 is gNB2.
  • gNB1 sends an addition request message #1 to gNB2.
  • the add request message #1 is used to request to add a data channel.
  • the adding request message #1 includes the uplink tunnel address of the UPF, the information of the remote UE, the QoS configuration information #2, the identifier of the relay UE and the QFI of the QoS flow #2.
  • the information of the remote UE includes an identifier of the remote UE, capability information of the remote UE, security-related information of the remote UE, subscription information, and the like.
  • gNB2 sends an addition response message #1 to gNB1.
  • the addition response message #1 includes the downlink tunnel address of gNB2, resource configuration information #3 (another example of sixth resource configuration information), and resource configuration information #14 (an example of second resource configuration information).
  • gNB2 determines resource configuration information #3 according to QoS configuration information #2, and the resource configuration information #3 is used to configure the Uu interface between relay UE1 and gNB2 (including Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer of relay UE1 layer, Uu-PHY layer), and the air interface resources of the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the relay UE1).
  • the resource configuration information #3 is used to configure the Uu interface between relay UE1 and gNB2 (including Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer of relay UE1 layer, Uu-PHY layer), and the air interface resources of the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the relay UE1).
  • gNB2 can also determine resource configuration information #14 (an example of second resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #2 and remote UE information, and the resource configuration information #14 is used to configure the remote UE and gNB2
  • the air interface resources of the Uu interface including the Uu-PDCP layer of the remote UE
  • the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the remote UE ) air interface resources.
  • gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #14 and the response message #2 to the remote UE.
  • the gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #14 and N1 SM container.
  • gNB2 sends the resource configuration information #3 to the relay UE1.
  • gNB2 sends the resource configuration information #3 to the relay UE1 through an RRC configuration message.
  • gNB1 sends the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #2 to the SMF.
  • gNB1 may send a PDU session resource modify request (PDU session resource modify request) message to the AMF, and the PDU session resource modify request message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #2.
  • PDU session resource modify request PDU session resource modify request
  • the AMF may send an N11 message to the SMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #2.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request PDU session update context request
  • the SMF replies to the gNB1 with the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • the SMF may send an N11 message to the AMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response PDU session update context response
  • the AMF may send a PDU session resource modify response (PDU session resource modify response) message to gNB1, where the PDU session resource modify response message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • PDU session resource modify response PDU session resource modify response
  • gNB1 sends the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF to gNB2, and gNB2 replies with a response message.
  • gNB1 may send a modify request (modify request) message to gNB2, where the modify request message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • modify request modify request
  • the response message returned by gNB2 may be a modify response (modify response) message.
  • S818 to S820 are the process of establishing an N3 tunnel for QoS flow #2, wherein the N3 tunnel is to establish a tunnel between gNB2 and UPF, and the uplink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • the downlink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the downlink tunnel address of gNB2.
  • QoS flow #1 is established on the direct path of the remote UE
  • QoS flow #2 is established on the non-direct path of the remote UE, and the base station of the direct path and the base station of the non-direct path different.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 800 of the present application is applied.
  • the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE
  • the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE.
  • (a) of FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S801 to S805. As shown in (a) of FIG. 9 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path.
  • (b) of FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S806 to S820. As shown in (b) of FIG. 9, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path and a direct path.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1000 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 1000 may include the following steps.
  • the remote UE sends a request message #3 to the AMF on the indirect path.
  • the remote UE sends the request message #3 to the relay UE (an example of the first request message), the relay UE sends the request message #3 to the gNB1, and the gNB1 sends the request message #3 to the AMF.
  • the request message #3 includes indication information #3 (an example of first indication information), where the indication information #3 is an indirect indication, and the indirect indication is used to instruct to establish a QoS flow on a non-direct path.
  • indication information #3 an example of first indication information
  • the request message #3 also includes indication information #4 (an example of fourth indication information), where the indication information #4 is a Multi-Path indication, and the Multi-Path indication is used to instruct the AMF to select an SMF supporting multi-path communication.
  • indication information #4 is a Multi-Path indication
  • the Multi-Path indication is used to instruct the AMF to select an SMF supporting multi-path communication.
  • the request message #3 may be a PDU session establish request (PDU session establish request) message.
  • the remote UE can send request message #1 through UL NAS message.
  • the request message #3 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
  • the gNB1 is a base station serving the relay UE.
  • the AMF sends a request message #3 to the SMF.
  • the AMF determines the SMF supporting multipath according to the indication information #4, and sends a request message #3 to the SMF.
  • the AMF may send a request message #3 to the SMF through the N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session creation context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_createSMcontext request) message or the like.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_createSMcontext request PDU session creation context request
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #3 according to the request message #3.
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #3 (an example of the first QoS configuration information) according to the request message #3, and the QoS configuration information #3 includes QoS parameters of the QoS flow #3 (an example of the first QoS flow).
  • the path of the QoS flow #3 established by the SMF record is an indirect path.
  • the SMF sends indication information #3, QoS configuration information #3 and response message #3 to gNB1.
  • the response message #3 is used to respond to the request message #3.
  • the response message #3 may be a PDU session establish accept (PDU session establish accept) message.
  • the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes an N1 SM container and an N2 SM container, the N1 SM container includes a response message #3, and the N2 SM container includes indication information #3 and QoS configuration information #3,
  • the N11 message may be a N1N2 message transfer (Namf_communication_N1N2MessageTransfer) message.
  • AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
  • gNB1 sends resource configuration information #4 and response message #3 to the remote UE.
  • resource configuration information #4 an example of the first resource configuration information
  • the resource configuration information #4 is used to configure the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, PC5-PHY layer) air interface resources, and the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the Uu-PDCP layer of the remote UE) air interface resources.
  • gNB1 determines resource configuration information #15 according to QoS configuration information #3, and the resource configuration information #15 is used to configure the PC5 interface between the relay UE and gNB1 (including the PC5-RLC layer and PC5-MAC layer of the relay UE1 , PC5-PHY layer), and the air interface resources of the Uu interface between the relay UE1 and gNB1 (including the Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, and Uu-PHY layer of the relay UE).
  • gNB1 sends resource configuration information #4 and N1 SM container to the remote UE, and sends resource configuration information #15 to the relay UE.
  • QoS flow #3 is established on the indirect path of the remote UE.
  • one or more QoS flows may be established, and the method 1000 uses one as an example for illustration, and this one QoS flow is QoS flow #3.
  • the remote UE sends a request message #4 to the AMF on the indirect path.
  • the remote UE If the remote UE needs to transmit data on the direct path, the remote UE sends a request message #4 to the AMF on the non-direct path.
  • the remote UE sends a request message #4 (an example of a second request message) to the gNB1, and the gNB1 sends the request message #4 to the AMF.
  • a request message #4 an example of a second request message
  • the request message #4 includes indication information #5 (an example of second indication information), where the indication information #5 is a direct indication, and the direct indication is used to instruct to establish a QoS flow on the direct path.
  • indication information #5 an example of second indication information
  • the request message #4 may be a PDU session modification request (PDU session modification request) message, and the request message #4 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
  • PDU session modification request PDU session modification request
  • the remote UE can send request message #4 through UL NAS message.
  • AMF sends request message #4 to SMF.
  • the AMF may send the request message #4 to the SMF through the N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message or the like.
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #4 according to the request message #4.
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #4 (an example of second QoS configuration information) according to the request message #4, and the QoS configuration information #4 includes the QoS parameters of the QoS flow #4.
  • the path of the QoS flow #4 established by the SMF record is a direct path.
  • the SMF sends indication information #5, QoS configuration information #4 and response message #4 to gNB1.
  • the response message #4 is used to respond to the request message #4.
  • the response message #4 may be a PDU session modification accept (PDU session modification accept) message.
  • the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes N1 SM container and N2 SM container, the N1 SM container includes the response message #4, and the N2 SM container includes indication information #5 and QoS configuration information #4 , wherein, the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response PDU session update context response
  • AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
  • gNB1 sends measurement configuration information #2 to the remote UE according to indication information #5.
  • the measurement configuration information #2 is used to instruct the remote UE to report the cell on which it can camp.
  • the remote UE sends measurement report #2 to gNB1.
  • the remote UE measures the resident cell and the signal strength of the resident cell, and sends a measurement report #2 to gNB1, the measurement report #2 includes the cell identity of the resident cell and the cell signal of the resident cell strength.
  • gNB1 determines the base station of the remote UE.
  • gNB1 determines that the base station of the remote UE is gNB1 according to the cell identity of the cell that can camp on and the cell signal strength of the cell that can camp on.
  • S1013, gNB1 sends resource configuration information #5 and response message #4 to the remote UE.
  • gNB1 determines resource configuration information #5 (an example of second resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #4, and the resource configuration information #5 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the remote UE Uu-PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer) air interface resources.
  • resource configuration information #5 an example of second resource configuration information
  • the gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #5 and N1 SM container.
  • gNB1 sends an RRC message to the remote UE, where the RRC message is used to request information of the remote UE.
  • the remote UE sends an RRC message to gNB1, the RRC message is used to respond to S1014, and the RRC message includes the cell identity of the remote UE.
  • gNB1 determines that the gNB connected to the remote UE is gNB1 according to the cell identity of the remote UE.
  • delete S1010 to S1012, S1006, S1007 and S1009 include the cell identity of the remote UE. specifically:
  • S1006 and S1007 include the cell identity of the remote UE, and in S1009, the SMF sends the cell identity of the remote UE to gNB1 through the N2 container.
  • Delete S1010 to S1012, S1006 and S1009 include the cell identity of the remote UE. specifically:
  • S1006 includes the cell identity of the remote UE, and in S1009, when the AMF sends the N2 container to gNB1, the N2 SM container includes the cell identity of the remote UE.
  • QoS flow #3 is established on the non-direct path of the remote UE
  • QoS flow #4 is established on the direct path of the remote UE, and the base station of the direct path and the base station of the non-direct path same.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1000 of the present application is applied.
  • the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE
  • the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE.
  • (a) of FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1001 to S1005. As shown in (a) of FIG. 11 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path.
  • (b) of FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1006 to S1013. As shown in (b) of FIG. 11 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path and direct path.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1200 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 1200 may include the following steps.
  • gNB1 determines the base station of the remote UE.
  • gNB1 determines that the base station of the remote UE is gNB2 according to the cell identity of the cell that can camp on and the cell signal strength of the cell that can camp on.
  • gNB1 sends an addition request message #2 to gNB2.
  • the add request message #2 is used to request to add a data channel.
  • the adding request message #2 includes the uplink tunnel address of the UPF, information of the remote UE, QoS configuration information #4 and QFI of the QoS flow #4.
  • the information of the remote UE includes security-related information and subscription information of the remote UE.
  • gNB2 sends an addition response message #2 to gNB1.
  • the addition response message #2 includes the downlink tunnel address of gNB2 and resource configuration information #6 (another example of the second resource configuration information).
  • gNB2 determines resource configuration information #6 according to QoS configuration information #4, and the resource configuration information #6 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB2 (including the Uu-PDCP layer of the remote UE, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer) air interface resources.
  • gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #6 and response message #4 to the remote UE.
  • the gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #6 and N1 SM container.
  • gNB1 sends the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #4 to the SMF.
  • gNB1 may send a PDU session resource modify request (PDU session resource modify request) message to AMF, and the PDU session resource modify request message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #4.
  • PDU session resource modify request PDU session resource modify request
  • the AMF may send an N11 message to the SMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #4.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request PDU session update context request
  • the SMF replies to the gNB1 with the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • the SMF may send an N11 message to the AMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response PDU session update context response
  • the AMF may send a PDU session resource modify response (PDU session resource modify response) message to gNB1, where the PDU session resource modify response message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • PDU session resource modify response PDU session resource modify response
  • gNB1 sends the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF to gNB2, and gNB2 replies with a response message.
  • gNB1 may send a modify request (modify request) message to gNB2, where the modify request message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • modify request modify request
  • the response message returned by gNB2 may be a modify response (modify response) message.
  • S1216 to S1218 are the process of establishing an N3 tunnel for QoS flow #4, wherein the N3 tunnel is to establish a tunnel between gNB2 and UPF, and the uplink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • the downlink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the downlink tunnel address of gNB2.
  • QoS flow #3 is established on the non-direct path of the remote UE
  • QoS flow #4 is established on the direct path of the remote UE, and the base station of the direct path and the base station of the non-direct path different.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1200 of the present application is applied.
  • the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE
  • the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE.
  • (a) of FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1201 to S1205. As shown in (a) of FIG. 13 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path.
  • (b) of FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1206 to S1218. As shown in (b) of FIG. 13, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path and direct path.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1400 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 1400 may include the following steps.
  • S1401 to S1405 can refer to S601 to S605.
  • the method 1400 is described by taking the establishment of two QoS flows on the direct path of the remote UE, that is, QoS flow #1 and QoS flow #5 (two examples of the first QoS flow) as an example.
  • the remote UE sends a request message #5 to the AMF on the direct path.
  • the remote UE If the remote UE needs to transmit data on the non-direct path, the remote UE sends a request message #5 (an example of the third request message) to the AMF on the direct path.
  • a request message #5 an example of the third request message
  • the remote UE sends request message #5 to gNB1, and gNB1 sends request message #5 to AMF.
  • the request message #5 includes indication information #6 (an example of the third indication information) and the QFI of the QoS flow #5 (an example of the third QoS flow), and the indication information #6 is "transfer to indirect (transferred to non-direct connection) ) indication", the “transfer to indirect (transfer to non-direct connection) indication” is used to indicate that the QoS flow #5 is transferred to the non-direct connection path.
  • the request message #5 may be a PDU session modification request (PDU session modification request) message, and the request message #5 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
  • PDU session modification request PDU session modification request
  • the remote UE can send request message #5 through UL NAS message.
  • the AMF sends a request message #5 to the SMF.
  • the AMF may send a request message #5 to the SMF through the N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message or the like.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request PDU session update context request
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #5 according to the request message #5.
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #5 (an example of the third QoS configuration information) according to the request message #5, and the QoS configuration information #5 includes the QoS parameters of the QoS flow #5.
  • the SMF sends the indication information #6, the QFI of the QoS flow #5, the QoS configuration information #5 and the response message #5 to the gNB1.
  • the response message #5 is used to respond to the request message #5.
  • the response message #5 may be a PDU session modification accept (PDU session modification accept) message.
  • the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes an N1 SM container and an N2 SM container, the N1 SM container includes a response message #5, and the N2 SM container includes the QFI indicating information #6 and QoS flow #5 and QoS configuration information #5, wherein the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response PDU session update context response
  • AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
  • gNB1 sends measurement configuration information #3 to the remote UE according to indication information #6.
  • the measurement configuration information #3 is used to instruct the remote UE to report the PC5 strength signals of one or more relay UEs.
  • the remote UE sends measurement report #3 to gNB1.
  • the remote UE measures the PC5 signal strength of one or more relay UEs, and sends a measurement report #3 to gNB1, and the measurement report #3 includes IDs and cell IDs of one or more relay UEs and PC5 signal strength.
  • gNB1 determines to relay UE1.
  • the gNB1 determines the relay UE1 according to the PC5 signal strength of one or more relay UEs.
  • gNB1 determines the base station for relaying UE1.
  • the gNB1 determines, according to the cell identity of the relay UE1, that the base station providing the access service for the relay UE1 is gNB1.
  • gNB1 sends resource configuration information #7 to relay UE1.
  • gNB1 determines resource configuration information #7 (an example of sixth resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #5, and the resource configuration information #7 is used to configure the Uu interface between relay UE1 and gNB1 (including relay UE1 Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer), and the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, PC5 -PHY layer) air interface resources.
  • resource configuration information #7 an example of sixth resource configuration information
  • the resource configuration information #7 is used to configure the Uu interface between relay UE1 and gNB1 (including relay UE1 Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer), and the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, PC5 -PHY layer) air interface resources.
  • gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #7 to the relay UE1.
  • the resource configuration information #7 is sent to the relay UE1 through an RRC configuration message.
  • gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #16, resource configuration information #8 and response message #5 to the remote UE.
  • gNB1 determines resource configuration information #16 (an example of the third resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #5, and the resource configuration information #16 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the remote UE The air interface resources of the Uu-PDCP layer) and the air interface resources of the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the remote UE).
  • the gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #16 and N1 SM container.
  • gNB1 sends resource configuration information #8 (an example of the third resource configuration information and an example of the fourth resource configuration information) to the remote UE according to the indication information #6 and the QFI of the QoS flow #5.
  • the resource configuration information #8 It is used to configure the remote UE to delete the air interface resources of QoS flow #5 on the direct path.
  • the QoS flow #5 of the direct path of the remote UE is transferred to the non-direct path, and the base station of the direct path is the same as the base station of the non-direct path.
  • the difference between method 1400 and method 600 mainly lies in: the contents indicated by the indication information #6 and indication information #2 are different, and the method 1400 will also delete the QoS flow #5 while configuring the indirect path of the QoS flow #5 5 Air interface resources on the direct path.
  • FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1400 of the present application is applied.
  • the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE
  • the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE.
  • (a) of FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1401 to S1405. As shown in (a) of FIG. 15 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path.
  • (b) of FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1406 to S1415. As shown in (b) of FIG. 15, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path and a direct path.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1600 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 1600 may include the following steps.
  • S1601 to S1612 may refer to S1401 to S1412.
  • gNB1 determines the base station for relaying UE1.
  • the gNB1 determines, according to the cell identity of the relay UE1, that the base station providing the access service for the relay UE1 is gNB2.
  • gNB1 sends an addition request message #3 to gNB2.
  • the add request message #3 is used to request to add a data channel.
  • the adding request message #3 includes the uplink tunnel address of the UPF, the information of the remote UE, the QoS configuration information #5, the identifier of the relay UE and the QFI of the QoS flow #5.
  • the information of the remote UE includes an identifier of the remote UE, capability information of the remote UE, security-related information of the remote UE, subscription information, and the like.
  • gNB2 sends an addition response message #3 to gNB1.
  • the addition response message #3 includes the downlink tunnel address of gNB2, resource configuration information #9 (another example of sixth resource configuration information) and resource configuration information #17 (an example of third resource configuration information).
  • gNB2 determines resource configuration information #9 according to QoS configuration information #5, and the resource configuration information #9 is used to configure the Uu interface between relay UE1 and gNB2 (including the Uu-RLC layer of relay UE1, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer), and the air interface resources of the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the relay UE1).
  • gNB2 can also determine resource configuration information #17 (an example of the third resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #5 and remote UE information, and the resource configuration information #17 is used to configure the remote UE and gNB2
  • the air interface resources of the Uu interface including the Uu-PDCP layer of the remote UE
  • the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the remote UE ) air interface resource.
  • gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #17, resource configuration information #8 and response message #5 to the remote UE.
  • the gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #17 and N1 SM container.
  • gNB1 sends resource configuration information #8 (an example of the third resource configuration information and an example of the fourth resource configuration information) to the remote UE according to the indication information #6 and the QFI of the QoS flow #5.
  • the resource configuration information #8 It is used to configure the remote UE to delete the air interface resources of QoS flow #5 on the direct path.
  • gNB2 sends the resource configuration information #9 to the relay UE1.
  • gNB2 sends the resource configuration information #9 to relay UE1 through an RRC configuration message.
  • gNB1 sends the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #5 to the SMF.
  • gNB1 may send a PDU session resource modify request (PDU session resource modify request) message to the AMF, and the PDU session resource modify request message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #5.
  • PDU session resource modify request PDU session resource modify request
  • the AMF may send an N11 message to the SMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #5.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request PDU session update context request
  • the SMF replies to the gNB1 with the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • the SMF may send an N11 message to the AMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response PDU session update context response
  • the AMF may send a PDU session resource modify response (PDU session resource modify response) message to gNB1, where the PDU session resource modify response message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • PDU session resource modify response PDU session resource modify response
  • gNB1 sends the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF to gNB2, and gNB2 replies with a response message.
  • gNB1 may send a modify request (modify request) message to gNB2, where the modify request message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • modify request modify request
  • the response message returned by gNB2 may be a modify response (modify response) message.
  • S1618 to S1620 are the process of updating the N3 tunnel for QoS flow #5, wherein the updated N3 tunnel is a tunnel between gNB2 and UPF, and the uplink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF, The downlink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the downlink tunnel address of gNB2.
  • the QoS flow #5 of the direct path of the remote UE is transferred to the non-direct path, and the base station of the direct path is different from the base station of the non-direct path.
  • FIG. 17 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 1600 of the present application is applied.
  • the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE
  • the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE.
  • (a) of FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1601 to S1605. As shown in (a) of FIG. 17 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path.
  • (b) of FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1606 to S1620. As shown in (b) of FIG. 17, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path and a non- direct path.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 1800 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 1800 may include the following steps.
  • the method 1800 is described by taking the establishment of two QoS flows on the indirect path of the remote UE, that is, QoS flow #3 and QoS flow #6 (two examples of the first QoS flow) .
  • the remote UE sends a request message #6 to the AMF on the indirect path.
  • the remote UE If the remote UE needs to transmit data on the direct path, the remote UE sends a request message #6 (an example of the third request message) to the AMF on the non-direct path.
  • a request message #6 an example of the third request message
  • the remote UE sends request message #6 to gNB1, and gNB1 sends request message #6 to AMF.
  • the request message #6 includes indication information #7 (an example of the third indication information) and the QFI of the QoS flow #6 (an example of the third QoS flow), and the indication information #7 is "transfer (transfer)+direct (direct connection) ) indication", the “transfer (transfer)+direct (direct connection) indication” is used to indicate to transfer the QoS flow #6 to the direct path.
  • the request message #6 may be a PDU session modification request (PDU session modification request) message, and the request message #6 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
  • PDU session modification request PDU session modification request
  • the remote UE can send request message #6 through UL NAS message.
  • the AMF sends a request message #6 to the SMF.
  • the AMF may send the request message #6 to the SMF through the N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message or the like.
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #6 according to the request message #6.
  • the SMF determines QoS configuration information #6 (an example of the third QoS configuration information) according to the request message #6, and the QoS configuration information #6 includes the QoS parameters of the QoS flow #6.
  • the SMF sends the indication information #7, the QFI of the QoS flow #6, the QoS configuration information #6 and the response message #6 to the gNB1.
  • the response message #6 is used to respond to the request message #6.
  • the response message #6 may be a PDU session modification accept (PDU session modification accept) message.
  • the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes the N1 SM container and the N2 SM container, the N1 SM container includes the response message #6, and the N2 SM container includes the indication information #7 and the QoS flow #6 QFI and QoS configuration information #6, wherein the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response PDU session update context response
  • AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
  • gNB1 sends measurement configuration information #4 to the remote UE according to indication information #7.
  • the measurement configuration information #4 is used to instruct the remote UE to report the cell on which it can camp.
  • the remote UE sends measurement report #4 to gNB1.
  • the remote UE measures the resident cell and the signal strength of the resident cell, and sends a measurement report #4 to gNB1, the measurement report #4 includes the cell identity of the resident cell and the cell signal of the resident cell strength.
  • gNB1 determines the base station of the remote UE.
  • gNB1 determines that the base station of the remote UE is gNB1 according to the cell identity of the cell that can camp on and the cell signal strength of the cell that can camp on.
  • gNB1 sends resource configuration information #10, resource configuration information #11 and response message #6 to the remote UE.
  • gNB1 determines resource configuration information #10 (an example of the third resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #6, and the resource configuration information #10 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the remote UE Uu-PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer) air interface resources.
  • the gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #10 and N1 SM container.
  • gNB1 sends resource configuration information #11 (an example of the third resource configuration information and an example of the fourth resource configuration information) to the remote UE according to the indication information #7 and the QFI of the QoS flow #6.
  • the resource configuration information #11 It is used to configure the remote UE to delete the air interface resource of QoS flow #6 on the indirect path.
  • the QoS flow #6 of the non-direct path of the remote UE is transferred to the direct path, and the base station of the direct path is the same as the base station of the non-direct path.
  • FIG. 19 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1800 of the present application is applied.
  • the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE
  • the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE.
  • (a) of FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1801 to S1805. As shown in (a) of FIG. 19 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path.
  • (b) of FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1806 to S1813. As shown in (b) of FIG. 19, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path and direct path.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method 2000 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 2000 may include the following steps.
  • S2001 to S2011 may refer to S1801 to S1811.
  • gNB1 determines the base station of the remote UE.
  • gNB1 determines that the base station of the remote UE is gNB2 according to the cell identity of the cell that can camp on and the cell signal strength of the cell that can camp on.
  • gNB1 sends an addition request message #4 to gNB2.
  • the add request message #4 is used to request to add a data channel.
  • the adding request message #4 includes the uplink tunnel address of the UPF, the information of the remote UE, the QoS configuration information #6 and the QFI of the QoS flow #6.
  • the information of the remote UE includes security-related information and subscription information of the remote UE.
  • gNB2 sends an addition response message #4 to gNB1.
  • the addition response message #6 includes the downlink tunnel address of gNB2 and resource configuration information #12 (another example of the third resource configuration information).
  • gNB2 determines resource configuration information #12 according to QoS configuration information #6, and the resource configuration information #12 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB2 (including the Uu-PDCP layer of the remote UE, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer) air interface resources.
  • gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #12, resource configuration information #11 and response message #6 to the remote UE.
  • the gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #12 and N1 SM container.
  • gNB1 sends resource configuration information #11 (an example of the third resource configuration information and an example of the fourth resource configuration information) to the remote UE according to the indication information #7 and the QFI of the QoS flow #6.
  • the resource configuration information #11 It is used to configure the remote UE to delete the air interface resource of QoS flow #6 on the indirect path.
  • gNB1 sends the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #6 to the SMF.
  • gNB1 may send a PDU session resource modify request (PDU session resource modify request) message to the AMF, and the PDU session resource modify request message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #6.
  • PDU session resource modify request PDU session resource modify request
  • the AMF may send an N11 message to the SMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #6.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request PDU session update context request
  • the SMF replies to the gNB1 with the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • the SMF may send an N11 message to the AMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF.
  • Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response PDU session update context response
  • the AMF may send a PDU session resource modify response (PDU session resource modify response) message to gNB1, where the PDU session resource modify response message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • PDU session resource modify response PDU session resource modify response
  • gNB1 sends the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF to gNB2, and gNB2 replies with a response message.
  • gNB1 may send a modify request (modify request) message to gNB2, where the modify request message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
  • modify request modify request
  • the response message returned by gNB2 may be a modify response (modify response) message.
  • S2016 to S2018 are the process of updating the N3 tunnel for QoS flow #6, wherein the updated N3 tunnel is a tunnel between gNB2 and UPF, and the uplink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF, The downlink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the downlink tunnel address of gNB2.
  • the QoS flow #6 of the non-direct path of the remote UE is transferred to the direct path, and the base station of the direct path is different from the base station of the non-direct path.
  • FIG. 21 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 2000 of the present application is applied.
  • the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE
  • the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE.
  • (a) of FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S2001 to S2005. As shown in (a) of FIG. 21 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path.
  • (b) of FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S2006 to S2018. As shown in (b) of FIG. 21, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path and direct path.
  • FIG. 22 shows a schematic diagram of an apparatus 2200 for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2200 includes a transceiver unit 2210, which can be used to implement corresponding communication functions, and the transceiver unit 2210 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit
  • the apparatus 2200 may further include a processing unit 2220, and the processing unit 2220 may be used for data processing.
  • the device 2200 further includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 2220 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the foregoing method embodiments Actions of different devices in the network, for example, actions of the terminal device, the first access network device, the second access network device, the access and mobility management function device, or the first session management function device.
  • a storage unit which can be used to store instructions and/or data
  • the processing unit 2220 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the foregoing method embodiments Actions of different devices in the network, for example, actions of the terminal device, the first access network device, the second access network device, the access and mobility management function device, or the first session management function device.
  • the apparatus 2200 is configured to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in each method embodiment above.
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is configured to send a first request message to the network device, where the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate to establish the first communication path on the first communication path or the second communication path.
  • QoS flow the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the device; the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: receive first resource configuration information, the first resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the first QoS flow, wherein , the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is further configured to: send a second request message to the network device through the first communication path, the second request message Including second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a second QoS flow on the second communication path, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the device; the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: receive second resource configuration information , the second resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is further configured to: send a third request message to the network device through the first communication path, the third request message including third indication information and QoS flow identification information of a third QoS flow, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, and the third QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows ;
  • the transceiving unit 2210 is also configured to: receive third resource configuration information, where the third resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the third QoS flow.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is further configured to: receive fourth configuration information, the fourth configuration information is used for Deleting the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  • the first request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multipath.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the device is directly connected to the first access network device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the first resource configuration information includes the Configuration information of the Uu interface between the device and the first access network device.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the device is directly connected to the first access network device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: send The cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device is used to determine the access network device of the first relay terminal device, and the devices of the second communication path include the first relay terminal device.
  • the transceiving unit 2210 is specifically configured to: send a first measurement report to the first access network device, where the first measurement report includes the cell identity of at least one relay terminal device and the proximity based service of at least one relay terminal device Communication PC5 signal strength, the at least one relay terminal device includes the first relay terminal device, the PC5 signal strength of the at least one relay terminal device is used to determine the first relay terminal device; or, to the first access network device Sending a radio resource control RRC message, where the RRC message includes the cell identity of the first relay terminal device; or, the first request message includes the cell identity of the first relay terminal device.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device
  • the first The resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the device to connect to the second access network device through the first relay terminal device
  • the first The resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the apparatus connects to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the first The resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the first communication path is a path through which the device connects to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, and the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: send a second measurement report to the first access network device, where the second measurement report includes the cell signal strength of the cell where the device can reside, and the cell signal strength is used to determine the access network device of the device .
  • the access network device of the device is the first access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the device to directly connect to the first access network device
  • the first resource configuration information includes the device and the first access network device. Configuration information of the Uu interface between network-connected devices.
  • the access network device of the device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the device to directly connect to the second access network device
  • the first resource configuration information includes the device and the second access network device. Configuration information of the Uu interface between network-connected devices.
  • the apparatus 2200 can implement the steps or processes corresponding to the execution of the terminal device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 2200 can include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , Or include units of methods performed by the remote UE in the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 , FIG. 8 , FIG. 10 , FIG. 12 , FIG. 14 , FIG. 16 , FIG. 18 and FIG. 20 .
  • the apparatus 2200 is configured to perform the actions performed by the first access network device in each method embodiment above.
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is configured to receive first indication information and first quality of service QoS configuration information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a first QoS flow on the first communication path or the second communication path, and the first The QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device; the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: send the first resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path , the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information, and the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow; wherein, the first communication path is a direct path, The second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is further configured to: receive second indication information and second QoS configuration information, the second indication information is used to Instructing to establish a second QoS flow on the second communication path, the second QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the second QoS flow, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device; the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to : Sending second resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, the second resource configuration information is determined according to the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information, and the second resource configuration information is used to configure the connection of the second QoS flow access to resources.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is also configured to: receive the third indication information, the third QoS configuration information, and the QoS flow of the third QoS flow Identification information, the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, the third QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the third QoS flow is the first QoS flow At least one of the streams;
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is further configured to: send third resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, the third resource configuration information is determined according to the third indication information and the third QoS configuration information, the first The third resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the third QoS flow.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  • the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: send fourth configuration information, the fourth configuration information is used for Delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  • the first communication path is a path directly connecting the terminal device to the device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the first resource configuration information includes The configuration information of the Uu interface between them.
  • the first communication path is a path directly connecting the terminal device to the device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path
  • the device further includes: a processing unit 2220 configured to obtain The cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, the equipment of the second communication path includes the first relay terminal device; and the access network device of the first relay terminal device is determined according to the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  • the processing unit 2220 is specifically configured to: determine the first relay terminal device and the cell identity of the first relay terminal device according to the signal strength of the ProSe communication PC5 of at least one relay terminal device; A radio resource control RRC message, the RRC message includes the cell identity of the first relay terminal device; or, receiving a first message from the first session management function device or access and mobility management function device, the first message includes the first message A cell identifier of the relay terminal equipment.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the device
  • the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the device through the first relay terminal device
  • the first resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the second communication path.
  • the processing unit 2220 is configured to: send fifth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the fifth resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, And the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device.
  • the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the second access network device through the first relay terminal device
  • the first The resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  • the transceiving unit 2210 is further configured to: send a second message to the second access network device, where the second message includes the first QoS configuration information; and receive the first resource configuration information from the second access network device.
  • the second access network device is configured to send sixth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the sixth resource configuration information includes the configuration of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device information, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the second access network device.
  • the first communication path is a path for a terminal device to connect to the device through a first relay terminal device
  • the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a first QoS flow on the first communication path
  • the first resource configuration information includes terminal Configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the device.
  • the first communication path is a path through which a terminal device connects to the device through a first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, and the device further includes, processing Unit 2220, configured to determine the access network equipment of the terminal device according to the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can reside.
  • the access network device of the terminal device is the device
  • the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the device
  • the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal and the device.
  • the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device
  • the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the second access network device
  • the first resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the second access network device. Configuration information of the Uu interface between network-connected devices.
  • the transceiving unit 2210 is further configured to: send a third message to the second access network device, where the third message includes the first QoS configuration information; and receive the first resource configuration information from the second access network device.
  • the apparatus 2200 can implement the steps or processes corresponding to the first access network device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 2200 is configured to perform the actions performed by the access and mobility management function device in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is configured to receive a first request message, the first request message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multi-path communication; the processing unit 2220 uses Based on determining the first session management function device according to the fourth indication information, the first session management function device supports multipath communication.
  • the device is configured to determine first QoS configuration information, where the first QoS configuration information is used to determine first resource configuration information, where the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, the The first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal equipment.
  • the transceiving unit 2210 is further configured to: send the first request message to the first session management function device.
  • the apparatus 2200 can implement the steps or processes corresponding to the access and mobility management function equipment in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 2200 can include a method for performing the access in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5
  • the apparatus 2200 is configured to perform the actions performed by the first session management function device in each method embodiment above.
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is configured to receive a first request message, where the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct to establish a first quality of service (QoS) on the first communication path or the second communication path ( quality of service (QoS) flow (flow), the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device;
  • the processing unit 2220 is used to generate the first QoS configuration information according to the first request message, and the first QoS configuration information is used to determine First resource configuration information, where the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, wherein the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first The communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
  • the transceiving unit 2210 is further configured to: send the first QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
  • the apparatus 2200 can implement the steps or processes corresponding to the first session management function device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 2200 can include a method for performing the first session management in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 23 shows a schematic diagram of a data transmission apparatus 2300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 2300 includes a processor 2310, the processor 2310 is coupled with a memory 2320, the memory 2320 is used for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 2310 is used for executing the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 2320, or reading the memory 2320 The stored data is used to execute the methods in the above method embodiments.
  • the device 2300 further includes a transceiver 2330 for receiving and/or sending signals.
  • the processor 2310 is configured to control the transceiver 2330 to receive and/or send signals.
  • processors 2310 there are one or more processors 2310.
  • the memory 2320 is integrated with the processor 2310, or is set separately.
  • the apparatus 2300 is used to implement the terminal device, the first access network device, the second access network device, the access and mobility management function device or the first session management function in each method embodiment above. The action performed by the device.
  • the processor 2310 is configured to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 2320, so as to implement related operations of the first access network device in the various method embodiments above.
  • the method performed by the first access network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 4, or the implementation shown in any one of Figure 6, Figure 8, Figure 10, Figure 12, Figure 14, Figure 16, Figure 18 and Figure 20 The method executed by gNB1 in the example.
  • the processor 2310 is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 2320, so as to implement related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiments. For example, the method performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in Figure 4, or the UE in any of the embodiments shown in Figure 6, Figure 8, Figure 10, Figure 12, Figure 14, Figure 16, Figure 18, and Figure 20 method of execution.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc.
  • a general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory and/or a nonvolatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM).
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM can be used as an external cache.
  • RAM includes the following multiple forms: static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct Memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components
  • the memory storage module may be integrated in the processor.
  • memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable medium, on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the functions of any of the above method embodiments are realized.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any one of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
  • the present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned first access network device, second access network device, access and mobility management functional device, and first session management functional device.
  • all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • software When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
  • a magnetic medium for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape
  • an optical medium for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)
  • a semiconductor medium for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)
  • references to "an embodiment” throughout this specification mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Thus, the various embodiments throughout the specification are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
  • sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any limitation.
  • the names of all nodes and messages in this application are only the names set by this application for the convenience of description.
  • the names in the actual network may be different. It should not be understood that this application limits the names of various nodes and messages. On the contrary, any with and The names of nodes or messages with the same or similar functions used in this application are regarded as the methods of this application or equivalent replacements, and all are within the protection scope of this application.
  • presetting can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in the device (for example, terminal device).
  • the present application does not limit its specific implementation, such as the preset rules and preset constants in the embodiments of the present application.
  • system and “network” are often used herein interchangeably.
  • the term “and/or” in this article is just an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and they exist alone B these three situations.
  • At least one of or “at least one of” means all or any combination of the listed items, for example, "at least one of A, B and C", It can be expressed: A exists alone, B exists alone, C exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, B and C exist simultaneously, and A, B, and C exist simultaneously. "At least one” herein means one or more. "Multiple" means two or more.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A.
  • determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B may also be determined according to A and/or other information.
  • the terms “including”, “comprising”, “having” and variations thereof mean “including but not limited to”, unless specifically stated otherwise.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .

Abstract

Provided in the present application are a data transmission method and apparatus. The method comprises: a terminal device sending first instruction information to a network device by means of a first communication path, wherein the first instruction information is used for instructing the establishment of a first QoS flow in the first communication path or a second communication path, and the first QoS flow is used for transmitting data of the terminal device; and the terminal device receiving first resource configuration information, wherein the first resource configuration information is used for configuring an access network resource for the first QoS flow, and the first communication path is a direct path and the second communication path is an indirect path, or the first communication path is an indirect path and the second communication path is a direct path. In the method, by means of an instruction of a terminal device and a configuration of a first access network device, the establishment of a first QoS flow can be implemented in a first communication path or a second communication path, thereby preventing data of a service from being transmitted using a fixed communication path, such that the requirement of service transmission can be dynamically satisfied.

Description

一种数据传输的方法和装置A method and device for data transmission
本申请要求申请日为2021年11月22日、申请号为202111383206.3、申请名称为“一种数据传输的方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application with an application date of November 22, 2021, an application number of 202111383206.3, and an application title of "A Method for Data Transmission", the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
本申请要求申请日为2022年1月27日、申请号为202210098312.5、申请名称为“一种数据传输的方法和装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of a Chinese patent application with an application date of January 27, 2022, an application number of 202210098312.5, and an application title of "A Method and Device for Data Transmission", the entire contents of which are incorporated in this application by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信领域,更具体地,涉及一种数据传输的方法和装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the communication field, and more specifically, to a data transmission method and device.
背景技术Background technique
用户设备(user equipment,UE)可以通过两种路径与数据网络(data network,DN)通信。一种是用户设备直接接入运营商网络(例如,基站),通过运营商网络与DN通信,这种路径可以称为直连路径(direct path);另一种是用户设备通过中继(relay)设备接入运营商网络,再通过运营商网络与DN通信,这种路径可以称为非直连路径(indirect path)。A user equipment (user equipment, UE) can communicate with a data network (data network, DN) through two paths. One is that the user equipment directly accesses the operator network (for example, a base station), and communicates with the DN through the operator network. This path can be called a direct path; the other is that the user equipment passes through a relay (relay path). ) The device is connected to the operator network, and then communicates with the DN through the operator network. This path can be called an indirect path (indirect path).
现有技术中,用户设备使用某种固定的路径(直接路径或非直接路径)来传输业务的数据,无法动态地满足业务的传输需求,例如,时延或通信质量或通信容量等。In the prior art, user equipment uses a certain fixed path (direct path or indirect path) to transmit service data, which cannot dynamically meet service transmission requirements, such as delay, communication quality, or communication capacity.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种数据传输的方法和装置,使得终端设备和数据网络之间的传输路径具有多样性,能够动态地满足业务传输的需求。The embodiments of the present application provide a method and device for data transmission, so that the transmission paths between the terminal equipment and the data network are diversified, and the requirements of service transmission can be dynamically met.
第一方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由终端设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。以下以由终端设备执行为例进行说明。In a first aspect, a data transmission method is provided, and the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application. The following takes execution by a terminal device as an example for description.
该方法包括:终端设备通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第一请求消息,该第一请求消息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow),该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;终端设备接收第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,其中,第一通信路径为直连路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径;或,第一通信路径为非直连路径,第二通信路径为直连路径。The method includes: the terminal device sends a first request message to the network device through the first communication path, the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path or the second communication path is established A first quality of service (quality of service, QoS) flow (flow), the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device; the terminal device receives first resource configuration information, and the first resource configuration information is used to configure the first QoS flow The access network resource, wherein, the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
根据上述方案,终端设备可以通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第一指示信息,指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,第一接入网设备通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第一资源配置信息,配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,该第一资源配置信息根据第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息确定。在该方法中,通过终端设备的指示和第一接入网设备的配置,能够实现在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,避免了采用固 定的通信路径传输业务的数据,能够动态地满足业务传输的需求。According to the above solution, the terminal device can send the first instruction information to the network device through the first communication path, indicating that the first QoS flow is established on the first communication path or the second communication path, and the first access network device sends the first QoS flow to the network device through the first communication path. The terminal device sends first resource configuration information to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, where the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information. In this method, through the instruction of the terminal device and the configuration of the first access network device, the first QoS flow can be established on the first communication path or the second communication path, avoiding the use of a fixed communication path to transmit service data, It can dynamically meet the needs of business transmission.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该方法还包括:终端设备通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第二请求消息,该第二请求消息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第二QoS流,第二QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;终端设备接收第二资源配置信息,该第二资源配置信息用于配置第二QoS流的接入网资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the method further includes: the terminal device sends the network device the first QoS flow through the first communication path Sending a second request message, where the second request message includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a second QoS flow on the second communication path, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device; the terminal device receives Second resource configuration information, where the second resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该方法还包括:终端设备通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第三请求消息,该第三请求消息包括第三指示信息和第三QoS流的QoS流标识信息,该第三指示信息用于指示将第三QoS流转移至第二通信路径,该第三QoS流为第一QoS流中的至少一个;终端设备接收第三资源配置信息,该第三资源配置信息用于配置第三QoS流的接入网资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the method further includes: the terminal device sends the network device the first QoS flow through the first communication path sending a third request message, where the third request message includes third indication information and QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, and the third The QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows; the terminal device receives third resource configuration information, where the third resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the third QoS flow.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第三资源配置信息具体用于:分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源;删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete the third QoS flow on the first Access network resources for communication paths.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第三资源配置信息具体用于分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源,该方法还包括:终端设备接收第四配置信息,该第四配置信息用于删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path, and the method further includes: the terminal device receives the first Fourth, configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一请求消息还包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示确定支持多路径的会话管理功能设备。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multipath.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在该第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the first communication path. For a QoS flow, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该方法还包括:终端设备发送第一中继终端设备的小区标识,第一中继终端设备的小区标识用于确定第一中继终端设备的接入网设备,该第二通信路径的设备包括第一中继终端设备。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the second communication path. QoS flow, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device is used to determine the access network device of the first relay terminal device, and the second communication path The device includes a first relay terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备发送第一中继终端设备的小区标识,包括:终端设备向第一接入网设备发送第一测量报告,该第一测量报告包括至少一个中继终端设备的小区标识和至少一个中继终端设备的邻近服务通信PC5信号强度,该至少一个中继终端设备包括第一中继终端设备,该至少一个中继终端设备的PC5信号强度用于确定第一中继终端设备;或,终端设备向第一接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC消息,该RRC消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,该第一请求消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the terminal device sending the cell identity of the first relay terminal device includes: the terminal device sending a first measurement report to the first access network device, and the first The measurement report includes the cell identity of at least one relay terminal device and the signal strength of the ProSe communication PC5 of at least one relay terminal device, where the at least one relay terminal device includes a first relay terminal device, and the at least one relay terminal device's The signal strength of PC5 is used to determine the first relay terminal device; or, the terminal device sends a radio resource control RRC message to the first access network device, and the RRC message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device; or, the first The request message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第一接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal device The path connecting the first access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device configuration information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为 第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第二接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal device The path connecting the second access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device configuration information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device connects to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the The first communication path establishes the first QoS flow, and the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device configuration information.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该方法还包括:终端设备向第一接入网设备发送第二测量报告,该第二测量报告包括终端设备的可驻留小区的小区信号强度,该小区信号强度用于确定终端设备的接入网设备。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the Two communication paths establish the first QoS flow, and the method further includes: the terminal device sends a second measurement report to the first access network device, the second measurement report includes the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can reside, and the cell signal Strength is used to determine the access network equipment of the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备的接入网设备为第一接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径,该第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the access network device of the terminal device is the first access network device, and the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the first access network device, The first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备直连第二接入网设备的路径,该第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the first aspect, in some implementation manners of the first aspect, the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the second access network device, The first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
第二方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由第一接入网设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于第一接入网设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。以下以由第一接入网设备执行为例进行说明。In the second aspect, a data transmission method is provided, which may be executed by the first access network device, or may also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the first access network device, and this application does not make any limited. The following takes execution by the first access network device as an example for description.
该方法包括:第一接入网设备接收第一指示信息和第一服务质量QoS配置信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该第一QoS配置信息用于确定第一QoS流的接入网资源,该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;第一接入网设备通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息根据第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息确定,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源;其中,第一通信路径为直连路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径;或,第一通信路径为非直连路径,第二通信路径为直连路径。The method includes: the first access network device receives first indication information and first quality of service QoS configuration information, where the first indication information is used to indicate establishment of a first QoS flow on a first communication path or a second communication path, and the first indication information The QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device; the first access network device sends the first resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, The first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information, and the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow; wherein, the first communication path is a direct path, and the first The second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
根据上述方案,终端设备可以通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第一指示信息,指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,第一接入网设备通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第一资源配置信息,配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,该第一资源配置信息根据第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息确定。在该方法中,通过终端设备的指示和第一接入网设备的配置,能够实现在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,避免了采用固定的通信路径传输业务的数据,能够动态地满足业务传输的需求。According to the above solution, the terminal device can send the first instruction information to the network device through the first communication path, indicating that the first QoS flow is established on the first communication path or the second communication path, and the first access network device sends the first QoS flow to the network device through the first communication path. The terminal device sends first resource configuration information to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, where the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information. In this method, through the instruction of the terminal device and the configuration of the first access network device, the first QoS flow can be established on the first communication path or the second communication path, avoiding the use of a fixed communication path to transmit service data, It can dynamically meet the needs of business transmission.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该方法还包括:第一接入网设备接收第二指示信息和第二QoS配置信息,该第二指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第二QoS流,该第二QoS配置信息用于确定第二QoS流的接入网资源,该第二QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;第一接入网设备通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第二资源配置信息,该第二资源配置信息根据 第二指示信息和第二QoS配置信息确定,该第二资源配置信息用于配置第二QoS流的接入网资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first indication information is used to instruct establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the method further includes: the first access network device receives the second indication information and second QoS configuration information, the second indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a second QoS flow on the second communication path, the second QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the second QoS flow, the second QoS The stream is used to transmit data of the terminal device; the first access network device sends second resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, the second resource configuration information is determined according to the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information, and the first The second resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the second QoS flow.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该方法还包括:第一接入网设备接收第三指示信息、第三QoS配置信息和第三QoS流的QoS流标识信息,该第三指示信息用于指示将第三QoS流转移至第二通信路径,该第三QoS配置信息用于确定第一QoS流的接入网资源,第三QoS流为第一QoS流中的至少一个;第一接入网设备通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第三资源配置信息,该第三资源配置信息根据第三指示信息和第三QoS配置信息确定,该第三资源配置信息用于配置第三QoS流的接入网资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first indication information is used to instruct establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the method further includes: the first access network device receives the third indication information, third QoS configuration information, and QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow, the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, and the third QoS configuration information is used to determine the first QoS flow The third QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows; the first access network device sends third resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, and the third resource configuration information is based on the first The third indication information is determined by the third QoS configuration information, and the third resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the third QoS flow.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第三资源配置信息具体用于:分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源;删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete the third QoS flow on the first Access network resources for communication paths.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第三资源配置信息具体用于分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源,该方法还包括:第一接入网设备发送第四配置信息,该第四配置信息用于删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径上的接入网资源。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path, and the method further includes: first accessing The network device sends fourth configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the first communication path. For a QoS flow, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该方法还包括:第一接入网设备获取第一中继终端设备的小区标识,第二通信路径的设备包括第一中继终端设备;第一接入网设备根据第一中继终端设备的小区标识确定第一中继终端设备的接入网设备。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the second communication path is established on the second communication path. A QoS flow, the method further includes: the first access network device acquires the cell identity of the first relay terminal device, the device of the second communication path includes the first relay terminal device; the first access network device obtains the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device; The cell identifier of the relay terminal device determines the access network device of the first relay terminal device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一接入网设备获取第一中继终端设备的小区标识,包括:第一接入网设备根据至少一个中继终端设备的邻近服务通信PC5信号强度确定第一中继终端设备和第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,第一接入网设备接收来自终端设备的无线资源控制RRC消息,RRC消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,第一接入网设备接收来自第一会话管理功能设备或接入与移动性管理功能设备的第一消息,该第一消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the acquiring the cell identity of the first relay terminal device by the first access network device includes: the first access network device according to the cell identity of at least one relay terminal device The signal strength of the ProSe communication PC5 determines the first relay terminal device and the cell identity of the first relay terminal device; or, the first access network device receives a radio resource control RRC message from the terminal device, and the RRC message includes the first relay terminal device The cell identifier of the terminal device; or, the first access network device receives a first message from the first session management function device or the access and mobility management function device, where the first message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device .
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第一接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的邻近服务通信PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal device The path connecting the first access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the ProSe communication PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the ProSe communication PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first access network device Configuration information of the Uu interface.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:第一接入网设备向第一中继终端设备发送第五资源配置信息,该第五资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及第一中继终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes: the first access network device sending fifth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the fifth resource configuration information includes the terminal device The configuration information of the PC5 interface between the first relay terminal device and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第二接入网设备的 路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal device The path connecting the second access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device configuration information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息包括第一QoS配置信息;第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第一资源配置信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the method further includes: the first access network device sends a second message to the second access network device, where the second message includes the first QoS configuration information; the second An access network device receives first resource configuration information from a second access network device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第二消息还包括终端设备的标识信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the second message further includes identification information of the terminal device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第二接入网设备用于向第一中继终端设备发送第六资源配置信息,该第六资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及第一中继终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the second access network device is configured to send sixth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the sixth resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the first relay terminal device. Configuration information of a PC5 interface between relay terminal devices, and configuration information of a Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the second access network device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate A communication path establishes a first QoS flow, and the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device information.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该方法还包括:第一接入网设备根据终端设备的可驻留小区的小区信号强度确定终端设备的接入网设备。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the The second communication path establishes the first QoS flow, and the method further includes: the first access network device determines the access network device of the terminal device according to the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can reside.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备的接入网设备为第一接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the access network device of the terminal device is the first access network device, and the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the first access network device, The first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal and the first access network device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备直连第二接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the second access network device, The first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第三消息,第三消息包括第一QoS配置信息;第一接入网设备接收来自第二接入网设备的第一资源配置信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the method further includes: the first access network device sends a third message to the second access network device, where the third message includes the first QoS configuration information; the second An access network device receives first resource configuration information from a second access network device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,该第三消息还包括终端设备的标识信息。With reference to the second aspect, in some implementation manners of the second aspect, the third message further includes identification information of the terminal device.
第三方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由接入与移动性管理功能设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于接入与移动性管理功能设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。以下以由接入与移动性管理功能设备执行为例进行说明。In the third aspect, a data transmission method is provided, and the method may be executed by an access and mobility management functional device, or may also be executed by a chip or a circuit configured in the access and mobility management functional device. Applications are not limited to this. The following takes the implementation by the access and mobility management function device as an example for description.
接入与移动性管理功能设备接收第一请求消息,该第一请求消息包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示确定支持多路径通信的会话管理功能设备;接入与移动性管理功能设备根据第四指示信息确定第一会话管理功能设备,该第一会话管理功能设备支持多路径通信。The access and mobility management function device receives the first request message, the first request message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multi-path communication; access and mobility management The functional device determines the first session management functional device according to the fourth indication information, where the first session management functional device supports multipath communication.
根据上述方案,接入与移动性管理功能设备可以接收第一请求消息,根据第一请求消息中的第四指示信息确定第一会话管理功能设备,该第一会话管理功能设备支持多路径通 信。在该方法中,接入与移动性管理功能确定的第一会话管理功能设备能够支持多路径通信,从而第一会话管理功能设备与第一接入网设备、终端设备共同在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,避免了采用固定的通信路径传输业务的数据,能够动态地满足业务传输的需求。According to the solution above, the access and mobility management function device may receive the first request message, and determine the first session management function device according to the fourth indication information in the first request message, and the first session management function device supports multipath communication. In this method, the first session management function device determined by the access and mobility management function can support multi-path communication, so that the first session management function device, the first access network device and the terminal device work together on the first communication path or The second communication path establishes the first QoS flow, which avoids using a fixed communication path to transmit service data, and can dynamically meet service transmission requirements.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该第一会话管理功能设备用于确定第一QoS配置信息,该第一QoS配置信息用于确定第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the first session management function device is used to determine first QoS configuration information, and the first QoS configuration information is used to determine first resource configuration information, and the first The resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:接入与移动性管理功能设备向该第一会话管理功能设备发送该第一请求消息。With reference to the third aspect, in some implementation manners of the third aspect, the method further includes: the access and mobility management functional device sending the first request message to the first session management functional device.
第四方面,提供了一种数据传输的方法,该方法可以由第一会话管理功能设备执行,或者,也可以由配置于第一会话管理功能设备中的芯片或电路执行,本申请对此不作限定。以下以由第一会话管理功能设备执行为例进行说明。In the fourth aspect, a data transmission method is provided, which can be executed by the first session management function device, or can also be executed by a chip or circuit configured in the first session management function device, and this application does not make any limited. The following takes the implementation by the first session management function device as an example for description.
第一会话管理功能设备接收第一请求消息,该第一请求消息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow),该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;第一会话管理功能设备根据第一请求消息生成第一QoS配置信息,该第一QoS配置信息用于确定第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,其中,第一通信路径为直连路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径;或,第一通信路径为非直连路径,第二通信路径为直连路径。The first session management function device receives a first request message, where the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate establishment of a first quality of service (quality of service) on the first communication path or the second communication path , QoS) flow (flow), the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device; the first session management function device generates first QoS configuration information according to the first request message, and the first QoS configuration information is used to determine the first resource Configuration information, the first resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the first QoS flow, wherein the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is The non-direct connection path, the second communication path is a direct connection path.
根据上述方案,第一会话管理功能设备可以接收第一请求消息,根据第一请求消息中的第一指示信息确定第一QoS配置信息,该第一QoS配置信息用于确定第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据。在该方法中,第一会话管理功能设备与第一接入网设备、终端设备共同在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,避免了采用固定的通信路径传输业务的数据,能够动态地满足业务传输的需求。According to the above solution, the first session management function device may receive the first request message, determine the first QoS configuration information according to the first indication information in the first request message, and the first QoS configuration information is used to determine the first resource configuration information, The first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device. In this method, the first session management function device establishes the first QoS flow on the first communication path or the second communication path together with the first access network device and the terminal device, avoiding using a fixed communication path to transmit service data, It can dynamically meet the needs of business transmission.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,该方法还包括:第一会话管理功能设备向第一接入网设备发送第一QoS配置信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the first session management function device sends the first QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
第五方面,提供了一种数据传输的装置,该装置可以为终端设备,或者,也可以为配置于终端设备中的芯片或电路,本申请对此不作限定。In a fifth aspect, a data transmission device is provided. The device may be a terminal device, or may also be a chip or a circuit configured in the terminal device, which is not limited in the present application.
该装置包括:收发单元,用于向网络设备发送第一请求消息,该第一请求消息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow),该第一QoS流用于传输该装置的数据;该收发单元还用于:接收第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,其中,第一通信路径为直连路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径;或,第一通信路径为非直连路径,第二通信路径为直连路径。The device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to send a first request message to a network device, where the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate to establish a first communication path on a first communication path or a second communication path. Quality of service (quality of service, QoS) flow (flow), the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the device; the transceiver unit is also used to: receive first resource configuration information, the first resource configuration information is used to configure the first resource configuration information An access network resource of a QoS flow, wherein, the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path .
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元还用于:通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第二请求消息,该第二请求消息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第二QoS流,第二QoS流用于传输该装置的数据;该收发单元还用于:接收第二资源配置 信息,该第二资源配置信息用于配置第二QoS流的接入网资源。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the transceiver unit is further configured to: send a message to the network device through the first communication path Sending a second request message, where the second request message includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a second QoS flow on the second communication path, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the device; the transceiver unit It is also used for: receiving second resource configuration information, where the second resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元还用于:通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第三请求消息,该第三请求消息包括第三指示信息和第三QoS流的QoS流标识信息,该第三指示信息用于指示将第三QoS流转移至第二通信路径,该第三QoS流为第一QoS流中的至少一个;该收发单元还用于:接收第三资源配置信息,该第三资源配置信息用于配置第三QoS流的接入网资源。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the transceiver unit is further configured to: send a message to the network device through the first communication path sending a third request message, where the third request message includes third indication information and QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, and the third The QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows; the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive third resource configuration information, where the third resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the third QoS flow.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第三资源配置信息具体用于:分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源;删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete the third QoS flow on the first Access network resources for communication paths.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第三资源配置信息具体用于分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源,该收发单元还用于:接收第四配置信息,该第四配置信息用于删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path, and the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive the third QoS flow Fourth, configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一请求消息还包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示确定支持多路径的会话管理功能设备。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the first request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multipath.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为该装置直连第一接入网设备的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在该第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first communication path is a path through which the device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the first communication path. For a QoS flow, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the device and the first access network device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为该装置直连第一接入网设备的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元还用于:发送第一中继终端设备的小区标识,第一中继终端设备的小区标识用于确定第一中继终端设备的接入网设备,该第二通信路径的设备包括第一中继终端设备。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first communication path is a path through which the device directly connects to the first access network device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the second communication path. QoS flow, the transceiver unit is also used to: send the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device is used to determine the access network device of the first relay terminal device, the second communication path The device includes a first relay terminal device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元具体用于:向第一接入网设备发送第一测量报告,该第一测量报告包括至少一个中继终端设备的小区标识和至少一个中继终端设备的邻近服务通信PC5信号强度,该至少一个中继终端设备包括第一中继终端设备,该至少一个中继终端设备的PC5信号强度用于确定第一中继终端设备;或,向第一接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC消息,该RRC消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,该第一请求消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the transceiver unit is specifically configured to: send a first measurement report to the first access network device, where the first measurement report includes the cell of at least one relay terminal device The identification and the PC5 signal strength of the proximity service communication of at least one relay terminal device, the at least one relay terminal device including the first relay terminal device, the PC5 signal strength of the at least one relay terminal device is used to determine the first relay terminal or, sending a radio resource control RRC message to the first access network device, where the RRC message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device; or, the first request message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第一接入网设备,第二通信路径为该装置通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及该装置和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device, and the second communication path is that the device passes through the first relay terminal device The path connecting the first access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the device and the first access network device configuration information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为该装置通过第一中继终端设备连接第二接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及该装置和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the second access network device, and the second communication path is that the device passes through the first relay terminal device The path connecting the second access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the device and the second access network device configuration information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为该装置通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置 信息,以及该装置和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the first communication path is a path for the device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the The first communication path establishes the first QoS flow, and the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and the Uu interface between the device and the first access network device configuration information.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为该装置通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元还用于:向第一接入网设备发送第二测量报告,该第二测量报告包括该装置的可驻留小区的小区信号强度,该小区信号强度用于确定该装置的接入网设备。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first communication path is a path for the device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate Two communication paths establish the first QoS flow, and the transceiver unit is also used to: send a second measurement report to the first access network device, the second measurement report includes the cell signal strength of the cell where the device can reside, and the cell signal Strength is used to determine the device's access network equipment.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该装置的接入网设备为第一接入网设备,第二通信路径为该装置直连第一接入网设备的路径,该第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementation manners of the fifth aspect, the access network device of the device is the first access network device, and the second communication path is a path for the device to directly connect to the first access network device, the The first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the apparatus and the first access network device.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,该装置的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为该装置直连第二接入网设备的路径,该第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the access network device of the device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is a path for the device to directly connect to the second access network device, the The first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the apparatus and the second access network device.
第六方面,提供了一种数据传输的装置,该装置可以为第一接入网设备,或者,也可以为配置于第一接入网设备中的芯片或电路,本申请对此不作限定。In a sixth aspect, a device for data transmission is provided. The device may be a first access network device, or may also be a chip or a circuit configured in the first access network device, which is not limited in this application.
该装置包括:收发单元,用于接收第一指示信息和第一服务质量QoS配置信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该第一QoS配置信息用于确定第一QoS流的接入网资源,该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;该收发单元还用于:通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息根据第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息确定,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源;其中,第一通信路径为直连路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径;或,第一通信路径为非直连路径,第二通信路径为直连路径。The device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive first indication information and first quality of service QoS configuration information, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a first QoS flow on the first communication path or the second communication path, and the first The QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device; the transceiver unit is also used to: send the first resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, The first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information, and the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow; wherein, the first communication path is a direct path, and the first The second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元还用于:接收第二指示信息和第二QoS配置信息,该第二指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第二QoS流,该第二QoS配置信息用于确定第二QoS流的接入网资源,该第二QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;该收发单元还用于:通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第二资源配置信息,该第二资源配置信息根据第二指示信息和第二QoS配置信息确定,该第二资源配置信息用于配置第二QoS流的接入网资源。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information, the second indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a second QoS flow on the second communication path, the second QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the second QoS flow, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit the terminal data of the device; the transceiver unit is also used to: send second resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, the second resource configuration information is determined according to the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information, the second resource configuration information The information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元还用于:接收第三指示信息、第三QoS配置信息和第三QoS流的QoS流标识信息,该第三指示信息用于指示将第三QoS流转移至第二通信路径,该第三QoS配置信息用于确定第一QoS流的接入网资源,第三QoS流为第一QoS流中的至少一个;该收发单元还用于:通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第三资源配置信息,该第三资源配置信息根据第三指示信息和第三QoS配置信息确定,该第三资源配置信息用于配置第三QoS流的接入网资源。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the transceiver unit is further configured to: receive the third indication information, the third QoS configuration information and QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow, the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, and the third QoS configuration information is used to determine the access of the first QoS flow network resources, the third QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows; the transceiver unit is also used to: send the third resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, and the third resource configuration information is based on the third indication information Determined with the third QoS configuration information, the third resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the third QoS flow.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第三资源配置信息具体用于:分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源;删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete the third QoS flow on the first Access network resources for communication paths.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第三资源配置信息具体用于分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源,该收发单元还用于:发送第四配置信息,该第四配置信息用于删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径上的接入网资源。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path, and the transceiver unit is further configured to: send the third QoS flow 4. Configuration information, the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备直连该装置的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和该装置之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, The first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the apparatus.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备直连该装置的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该装置还包括:处理单元,用于获取第一中继终端设备的小区标识,第二通信路径的设备包括第一中继终端设备;根据第一中继终端设备的小区标识确定第一中继终端设备的接入网设备。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, The device also includes: a processing unit, configured to obtain a cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, the device of the second communication path includes the first relay terminal device; determine the first relay terminal according to the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device The access network equipment of the terminal equipment.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该处理单元具体用于:根据至少一个中继终端设备的邻近服务通信PC5信号强度确定第一中继终端设备和第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,接收来自终端设备的无线资源控制RRC消息,RRC消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,接收来自第一会话管理功能设备或接入与移动性管理功能设备的第一消息,该第一消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine the first relay terminal device and the first relay terminal according to the signal strength of the ProSe communication PC5 of at least one relay terminal device The cell identity of the device; or, receiving a radio resource control RRC message from the terminal device, where the RRC message includes the cell identity of the first relay terminal device; or, receiving a message from the first session management function device or the access and mobility management function device A first message, where the first message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为该装置,第二通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接该装置的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的邻近服务通信PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和该装置之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the device, and the second communication path is the connection between the terminal device and the device through the first relay terminal device For the path, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the ProSe communication PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于:向第一中继终端设备发送第五资源配置信息,该第五资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及第一中继终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to: send fifth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the fifth resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the relay terminal devices, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第二接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal device The path connecting the second access network device, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device configuration information.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于:向第二接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息包括第一QoS配置信息;接收来自第二接入网设备的第一资源配置信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to: send a second message to the second access network device, where the second message includes the first QoS configuration information; The first resource configuration information of the network access device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第二接入网设备用于向第一中继终端设备发送第六资源配置信息,该第六资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及第一中继终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the second access network device is configured to send sixth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the sixth resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the first relay terminal device. Configuration information of a PC5 interface between relay terminal devices, and configuration information of a Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the second access network device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接该装置的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和该装置之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the first communication path is a path through which a terminal device connects to the device through a first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path is established on the first communication path. For the first QoS flow, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the apparatus.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该第一通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接该装置的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该装置还包括,处理单元,用于根据终端设备的可驻留小区的小区信号强度确定终端设备的接入网设备。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the first communication path is a path through which a terminal device connects to the device through a first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate that in the second communication path To establish the first QoS flow, the apparatus further includes a processing unit configured to determine the access network device of the terminal device according to the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can camp.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备的接入网设备为该装置,第二通信路径为终端设备直连该装置的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端和该装置之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the access network device of the terminal device is the device, the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the device, and the first resource configuration information includes the terminal and Configuration information for the Uu interface between the devices.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备直连第二接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementation manners of the sixth aspect, the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the second access network device, The first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于:向第二接入网设备发送第三消息,第三消息包括第一QoS配置信息;接收来自第二接入网设备的第一资源配置信息。With reference to the sixth aspect, in some implementations of the sixth aspect, the transceiver unit is further configured to: send a third message to the second access network device, where the third message includes the first QoS configuration information; The first resource configuration information of the network access device.
第七方面,提供了一种数据传输的装置,该装置可以为接入与移动性管理功能设备,或者,也可以为配置于接入与移动性管理功能设备中的芯片或电路,本申请对此不作限定。In the seventh aspect, a device for data transmission is provided. The device may be an access and mobility management function device, or may also be a chip or a circuit configured in an access and mobility management function device. This is not limited.
该装置包括:收发单元,用于接收第一请求消息,该第一请求消息包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示确定支持多路径通信的会话管理功能设备;处理单元,用于根据第四指示信息确定第一会话管理功能设备,该第一会话管理功能设备支持多路径通信。The device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a first request message, where the first request message includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate a session management function device that supports multi-path communication; a processing unit, configured to The first session management function device is determined according to the fourth indication information, and the first session management function device supports multipath communication.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该装置用于确定第一QoS配置信息,该第一QoS配置信息用于确定第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the device is configured to determine first QoS configuration information, where the first QoS configuration information is used to determine first resource configuration information, where the first resource configuration information is used to Configure the access network resources of the first QoS flow, where the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于:向该第一会话管理功能设备发送该第一请求消息。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementation manners of the seventh aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to: send the first request message to the first session management function device.
第八方面,提供了一种数据传输的装置,该装置可以为第一会话管理功能设备,或者,也可以为配置于第一会话管理功能设备中的芯片或电路,本申请对此不作限定。In an eighth aspect, a data transmission device is provided. The device may be a first session management function device, or may also be a chip or a circuit configured in the first session management function device, which is not limited in this application.
该装置包括:收发单元,用于接收第一请求消息,该第一请求消息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow),该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;处理单元,用于根据第一请求消息生成第一QoS配置信息,该第一QoS配置信息用于确定第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,其中,第一通信路径为直连路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径;或,第一通信路径为非直连路径,第二通信路径为直连路径。The device includes: a transceiver unit, configured to receive a first request message, where the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct the establishment of a first quality of service (QoS) on the first communication path or the second communication path ( quality of service (QoS) flow (flow), the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device; the processing unit is used to generate the first QoS configuration information according to the first request message, and the first QoS configuration information is used to determine the first QoS configuration information Resource configuration information, the first resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the first QoS flow, wherein the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path The path is a non-direct path, and the second communication path is a direct path.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,该收发单元还用于:向第一接入网设备发送第一QoS配置信息。With reference to the eighth aspect, in some implementation manners of the eighth aspect, the transceiving unit is further configured to: send the first QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
第九方面,本申请提供了一种处理器,用于执行上述各方面提供的方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a processor configured to execute the methods provided in the foregoing aspects.
对于处理器所涉及的发送和获取/接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则可以理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作,也可以理解为由射频电路和天线所进行的发送和接收操作,本申请对此不做限定。For the sending and obtaining/receiving operations involved in the processor, if there is no special description, or if it does not conflict with its actual function or internal logic in the relevant description, it can be understood as the processor's output and reception, input and other operations , can also be understood as the sending and receiving operations performed by the radio frequency circuit and the antenna, which is not limited in this application.
第十方面,本申请提供了一种通信装置,该装置包括:存储器,用于存储程序;至少一个处理器,用于执行存储器存储的计算机程序或指令,以执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which includes: a memory for storing programs; at least one processor for executing the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory to perform any of the above aspects or its implementation provided method.
在一种实现方式中,该装置为终端设备、第一接入网设备、接入与移动性管理功能设备或第一会话管理功能设备。In an implementation manner, the apparatus is a terminal device, a first access network device, an access and mobility management function device, or a first session management function device.
在另一种实现方式中,该装置为用于终端设备、第一接入网设备、接入与移动性管理功能设备或第一会话管理功能设备中的芯片、芯片系统或电路。In another implementation manner, the apparatus is a chip, a chip system or a circuit used in the terminal device, the first access network device, the access and mobility management function device, or the first session management function device.
第十一方面,本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读介质存储用于设备执行的程序代码,该程序代码包括用于执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where the computer-readable medium stores program code for device execution, and the program code includes a method for executing any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
第十二方面,本申请提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a computer program product containing instructions. When the computer program product is run on a computer, it causes the computer to execute the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
第十三方面,本申请提供了一种芯片,芯片包括处理器与通信接口,处理器通过通信接口读取存储器上存储的指令,执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a chip. The chip includes a processor and a communication interface. The processor reads the instructions stored in the memory through the communication interface, and executes the method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
可选地,作为一种实现方式,芯片还包括存储器,存储器中存储有计算机程序或指令,处理器用于执行存储器上存储的计算机程序或指令,当计算机程序或指令被执行时,处理器用于执行上述任意一方面或其实现方式提供的方法。Optionally, as an implementation, the chip further includes a memory, in which computer programs or instructions are stored, and the processor is used to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory, and when the computer programs or instructions are executed, the processor is used to execute The method provided by any one of the above aspects or its implementation.
第十四方面,本申请提供了通信系统,包括上文的终端设备、第一接入网设备、接入与移动性管理功能设备和/或第一会话管理功能设备。In a fourteenth aspect, the present application provides a communication system, including the above-mentioned terminal device, first access network device, access and mobility management function device and/or first session management function device.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是适用于本申请实施例的一种通信系统的示意图。Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
图2是适用于本申请实施例的一种通信系统的又一示意图。Fig. 2 is another schematic diagram of a communication system applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
图3示出了远端UE通过非直连路径进行用户面数据传输的一种协议栈架构。FIG. 3 shows a protocol stack architecture in which a remote UE performs user plane data transmission through a non-direct path.
图4示出了远端UE采用非直连路径传输方式进行用户面数据传输的示意性流程图。FIG. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of user plane data transmission performed by a remote UE in a non-direct path transmission manner.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法500的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法600的示意图。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图7示出了应用本申请的方法600之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 600 of the present application is applied.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法800的示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图9示出了应用本申请的方法800之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 800 of the present application is applied.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法1000的示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图11示出了应用本申请的方法1000之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1000 of the present application is applied.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法1200的示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图13示出了应用本申请的方法1200之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1200 of the present application is applied.
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法1400的示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图15示出了应用本申请的方法1400之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1400 of the present application is applied.
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法1600的示意图。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图17示出了应用本申请的方法1600之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 17 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 1600 of the present application is applied.
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法1800的示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图19示出了应用本申请的方法1800之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 19 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1800 of the present application is applied.
图20是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法2000的示意图。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图21示出了应用本申请的方法2000之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 21 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 2000 of the present application is applied.
图22示出了本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置2200的示意图。FIG. 22 shows a schematic diagram of an apparatus 2200 for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
图23示出了本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置2300的示意图。FIG. 23 shows a schematic diagram of a data transmission apparatus 2300 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solution in this application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本申请提供的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:第五代(5th generation,5G)或新无线(new radio,NR)系统、长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,车到万物(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及物联网(internet of things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solution provided by this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as: the fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) or new radio (new radio, NR) system, long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, LTE frequency division Duplex (frequency division duplex, FDD) system, LTE time division duplex (time division duplex, TDD) system, etc. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to device to device (device to device, D2D) communication, vehicle to everything (vehicle-to-everything, V2X) communication, machine to machine (machine to machine, M2M) communication, machine type Communication (machine type communication, MTC), and Internet of things (internet of things, IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
首先简单介绍适用于本申请的网络架构,如下。First, briefly introduce the network architecture applicable to this application, as follows.
作为示例,图1示出了一种网络架构的示意图。As an example, Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a network architecture.
如图1所示,该网络架构100以5G系统(the 5th generation system,5GS)为例。该网络架构可以包括但不限于:网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF),认证服务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF),统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM),网络暴露功能(network exposure function,NEF),网络存储功能(NF repository function,NRF),策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF),应用功能(application function,AF),接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF),会话管理功能(session management function,SMF),用户设备(user equipment,UE),无线接入网设备,用户面功能(user plane function,UPF),数据网络(data network,DN)。As shown in FIG. 1 , the network architecture 100 takes a 5G system (the 5th generation system, 5GS) as an example. The network architecture may include but not limited to: network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF), authentication server function (authentication server function, AUSF), unified data management (unified data management, UDM), network exposure function (network exposure function, NEF), network storage function (NF repository function, NRF), policy control function (policy control function, PCF), application function (application function, AF), access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF), session management function (session management function, SMF), user equipment (user equipment, UE), radio access network equipment, user plane function (user plane function, UPF), data network (data network, DN).
其中,DN可以是互联网;NSSF、AUSF、UDM、NEF、NRF、PCF、AF、AMF、SMF、UPF属于核心网中的网元,由于图1以5G系统为例,那么该核心网可以称为5G核心网(5G core network,5GC或5GCN)。Among them, DN can be the Internet; NSSF, AUSF, UDM, NEF, NRF, PCF, AF, AMF, SMF, and UPF belong to the network elements in the core network. Since Figure 1 takes the 5G system as an example, the core network can be called 5G core network (5G core network, 5GC or 5GCN).
下面对图1中示出的各网元做简单介绍。Each network element shown in FIG. 1 is briefly introduced below.
1、UE(包括图1中的UE1和UE2):可以称终端设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。1. UE (including UE1 and UE2 in Figure 1): can be called terminal equipment, access terminal, subscriber unit, subscriber station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless Communication Device, User Agent, or User Device.
终端设备可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land  mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。A terminal device may be a device that provides voice/data to a user, for example, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, a vehicle-mounted device, and the like. At present, examples of some terminals are: mobile phone (mobile phone), tablet computer, notebook computer, palmtop computer, mobile internet device (mobile internet device, MID), wearable device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid Wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol , SIP) phones, wireless local loop (wireless local loop, WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistant, PDA), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, Wearable devices, terminal devices in a 5G network, or terminal devices in a future evolved public land mobile network (PLMN), etc., are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能首饰等。As an example but not a limitation, in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be called wearable smart devices, which is a general term for the application of wearable technology to intelligently design daily wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothing or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also achieve powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions without relying on smart phones, such as smart watches or smart glasses, etc., and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smart phones Use, such as various smart bracelets and smart jewelry for physical sign monitoring.
此外,在本申请实施例中,终端设备还可以是IoT系统中的终端设备,IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。In addition, in this embodiment of the application, the terminal device can also be the terminal device in the IoT system. IoT is an important part of the development of information technology in the future. Its main technical feature is to connect items to the network through communication technology, so as to realize Interconnection, an intelligent network that interconnects things.
需要指出的是,终端设备与接入网设备之间可以采用某种空口技术(如NR或LTE技术等)相互通信。终端设备与终端设备之间也可以采用某种空口技术(如NR或LTE技术等)相互通信。It should be pointed out that a certain air interface technology (such as NR or LTE technology) may be used to communicate with each other between the terminal device and the access network device. A certain air interface technology (such as NR or LTE technology, etc.) may also be used to communicate with each other between terminal devices.
本申请实施例中,用于实现终端设备的功能的装置可以是终端设备,也可以是能够支持终端设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统或芯片,该装置可以被安装在终端设备中。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal device may be the terminal device, or may be a device capable of supporting the terminal device to realize the function, such as a chip system or a chip, and the device may be installed in the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, the system-on-a-chip may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
2、(无线)接入网((radio)access network,(R)AN)设备:可以为特定区域的授权用户提供接入通信网络的功能,具体可以包括第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)网络中无线网络设备也可以包括非3GPP(non-3GPP)网络中的接入点。下文为方便描述采用AN设备表示。2. (wireless) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) equipment: it can provide authorized users in a specific area with the function of accessing the communication network, specifically including the third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership) The wireless network device in the project, 3GPP) network may also include an access point in a non-3GPP (non-3GPP) network. For the convenience of description, AN equipment is used below.
AN设备可以为采用不同的无线接入技术。目前的无线接入技术有两种类型:3GPP接入技术(例如,第三代(3rd generation,3G)、第四代(4th generation,4G)或5G系统中采用的无线接入技术)和非3GPP(non-3GPP)接入技术。3GPP接入技术是指符合3GPP标准规范的接入技术,例如,5G系统中的接入网设备称为下一代基站节点(next generation Node Base station,gNB)或者下一代无线接入网(next generation radio access network,NG-RAN)设备。非3GPP接入技术可以包括以无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)中的接入点(access point,AP)为代表的空口技术、全球互联微波接入(worldwide interoperability for microwave access,WiMAX)、码分多址(code division multiple access,CDMA)等。AN设备可以允许终端设备和3GPP核心网之间采用非3GPP技术互连互通。AN devices may use different wireless access technologies. There are currently two types of wireless access technologies: 3GPP access technologies (for example, wireless access technologies used in third generation (3rd generation, 3G), fourth generation (4th generation, 4G) or 5G systems) and non- 3GPP (non-3GPP) access technology. 3GPP access technology refers to the access technology that complies with the 3GPP standard specifications. For example, the access network equipment in the 5G system is called the next generation base station node (next generation Node Base station, gNB) or the next generation wireless access network (next generation radio access network, NG-RAN) equipment. Non-3GPP access technologies may include air interface technology represented by access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (WiFi), worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX), code Multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), etc. The AN device may allow non-3GPP technology interconnection and intercommunication between the terminal device and the 3GPP core network.
AN设备能够负责空口侧的无线资源管理、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)管理、数据压缩和加密等功能。AN设备为终端设备提供接入服务,进而完成控制信号和用户数据在终端设备和核心网之间的转发。The AN device can be responsible for functions such as wireless resource management, quality of service (QoS) management, data compression and encryption on the air interface side. The AN equipment provides access services for the terminal equipment, and then completes the forwarding of control signals and user data between the terminal equipment and the core network.
AN设备例如可以包括但不限于:宏基站、微基站(也称为小站)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),WiFi系统中的AP、无线中继节点、无线回传节点、传输点(transmission point,TP)或者发送接收点(transmission  and reception point,TRP)等,还可以为5G(如,NR)系统中的gNB或传输点(TRP或TP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或者,还可以为构成gNB或传输点的网络节点,如分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),或者下一代通信6G系统中的基站等。本申请实施例对AN设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。AN equipment may include, but not limited to, for example: a macro base station, a micro base station (also called a small station), a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), a node B (Node B, NB), a base station controller (base station controller) , BSC), base transceiver station (base transceiver station, BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseband unit, BBU), AP in WiFi system, wireless relay Node, wireless backhaul node, transmission point (transmission point, TP) or sending and receiving point (transmission and reception point, TRP), etc., can also be gNB or transmission point (TRP or TP) in the 5G (eg, NR) system , one or a group (including multiple antenna panels) antenna panels of a base station in a 5G system, or it can also be a network node that constitutes a gNB or a transmission point, such as a distributed unit (DU), or a next-generation communication Base stations in 6G systems, etc. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the AN device.
3、AMF:主要用于接入控制、移动性管理、附着与去附着等功能。3. AMF: mainly used for functions such as access control, mobility management, attachment and detachment.
4、SMF:主要用于用户面网元选择,用户面网元重定向,终端设备的因特网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址分配,以及会话的建立、修改和释放及QoS控制。4. SMF: mainly used for user plane network element selection, user plane network element redirection, Internet protocol (internet protocol, IP) address allocation for terminal equipment, session establishment, modification and release, and QoS control.
5、UPF:主要用于用户面数据的接收和转发。例如,UPF可以从DN接收用户面数据,并通过AN设备将用户面数据发送给终端设备。UPF还可以通过AN设备从终端设备接收用户面数据,并转发到DN。5. UPF: mainly used for receiving and forwarding user plane data. For example, the UPF can receive user plane data from the DN, and send the user plane data to the terminal device through the AN device. UPF can also receive user plane data from terminal equipment through AN equipment and forward it to DN.
6、NEF:主要用于安全地向外部开放由3GPP网络功能提供的业务和能力等。6. NEF: It is mainly used to safely open services and capabilities provided by 3GPP network functions to the outside.
7、PCF:主要用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为控制面网元(例如AMF,SMF等)提供策略规则信息等。7. PCF: A unified policy framework mainly used to guide network behavior, and provide policy rule information for control plane network elements (such as AMF, SMF, etc.).
8、AF:主要用于向3GPP网络提供业务,如与PCF之间交互以进行策略控制等。8. AF: It is mainly used to provide services to the 3GPP network, such as interacting with the PCF for policy control.
9、网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF):主要用于网络切片选择。9. Network slice selection function (network slice selection function, NSSF): mainly used for network slice selection.
10、UDM:主要用于UE的签约数据管理,包括UE标识的存储和管理,UE的接入授权等。10. UDM: mainly used for UE subscription data management, including storage and management of UE ID, UE access authorization, etc.
11、DN:主要用于为UE提供数据服务的运营商网络。例如,因特网(Internet)、第三方的业务网络、IP多媒体服务业务(IP multi-media service,IMS)网络等。11. DN: mainly used for the operator network that provides data services for the UE. For example, the Internet (Internet), a third-party service network, an IP multimedia service (IP multi-media service, IMS) network, and the like.
12、AUSF:主要用于用户鉴权等。12. AUSF: mainly used for user authentication, etc.
13、NRF:主要用于保存网络功能实体以及其提供服务的描述信息等。13. NRF: It is mainly used to save the description information of network functional entities and the services they provide.
在图1所示的网络架构中,各网元之间可以接口通信。例如,UE2通过无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)协议与AN设备连接,UE和AN设备之间采用Uu接口进行通信。UE1和UE2之间采用PC5接口通信,PC5接口可以用于UE间互相发现、UE间进行数据和信令的传输。此外,在图1中,N1为UE2和AMF之间的接口,N2为(R)AN和AMF的接口,用于非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)消息的发送等;N3为RAN和UPF之间的接口,用于传输用户面的数据等;N4为SMF和UPF之间的接口,用于传输例如N3连接的隧道标识信息,数据缓存指示信息,以及下行数据通知消息等信息;N6接口为UPF和DN之间的接口,用于传输用户面的数据等,N11接口为AMF和SMF之间的接口。In the network architecture shown in FIG. 1 , various network elements can communicate through interfaces. For example, UE2 is connected to the AN device through a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) protocol, and a Uu interface is used for communication between the UE and the AN device. The PC5 interface is used for communication between UE1 and UE2, and the PC5 interface can be used for mutual discovery between UEs and data and signaling transmission between UEs. In addition, in Figure 1, N1 is the interface between UE2 and AMF, N2 is the interface between (R)AN and AMF, used for sending non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) messages, etc.; N3 is RAN The interface between UPF and UPF is used to transmit user plane data, etc.; N4 is the interface between SMF and UPF, used to transmit information such as tunnel identification information connected by N3, data cache indication information, and downlink data notification messages; The N6 interface is the interface between the UPF and the DN, and is used to transmit user plane data, etc., and the N11 interface is the interface between the AMF and the SMF.
应理解,上述所示的网络架构仅是示例性说明,适用本申请实施例的网络架构并不局限于此,任何能够实现上述各个网元的功能的网络架构都适用于本申请实施例。It should be understood that the network architecture shown above is only an example, and the network architecture applicable to the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto, and any network architecture capable of realizing the functions of the foregoing network elements is applicable to the embodiment of the present application.
还应理解,图1中所示的AMF、SMF、UPF、PCF、UDM、NSSF、AUSF等功能或者网元,可以理解为用于实现不同功能的网元,例如可以按需组合成网络切片。这些网元可以各自独立的设备,也可以集成于同一设备中实现不同的功能,或者可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能,本申请对于上述网元的具体形态不作限定。It should also be understood that the functions or network elements such as AMF, SMF, UPF, PCF, UDM, NSSF, and AUSF shown in Figure 1 can be understood as network elements for implementing different functions, for example, they can be combined into network slices as required. These network elements can be independent devices, or can be integrated in the same device to achieve different functions, or can be network elements in hardware devices, or software functions running on dedicated hardware, or platforms (for example, cloud The virtualization function instantiated on the platform), this application does not limit the specific form of the above network elements.
还应理解,上述命名仅为便于区分不同的功能而定义,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在6G网络以及未来其它的网络中采用其他命名的可能。例如,在6G网络中,上述各个网元中的部分或全部可以沿用5G中的术语,也可能采用其他名称等。It should also be understood that the above names are only defined for the convenience of distinguishing different functions, and shall not constitute any limitation to the present application. This application does not exclude the possibility of adopting other names in the 6G network and other networks in the future. For example, in a 6G network, some or all of the above network elements may use the terms in 5G, or may use other names.
为便于理解本申请实施例,对本申请中涉及到的术语做简单说明。To facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, terms involved in the present application are briefly described.
1、直连路径(direct path):终端设备直接接入接入网设备,即在该直连路径中,终端设备与接入网设备之间直接建立连接并进行通信,不经过其他设备(例如,中继设备)。1. Direct path: The terminal device is directly connected to the access network device, that is, in the direct connection path, the terminal device and the access network device directly establish a connection and communicate without passing through other devices (such as , relay device).
应理解,在直连路径中,终端设备直接接入接入网设备之后,经过接入网设备和核心网设备与数据网络进行数据传输。It should be understood that, in the direct connection path, after the terminal device is directly connected to the access network device, data transmission is performed with the data network via the access network device and the core network device.
直连路径,也可以称为直连链路(link)。The direct path may also be called a direct link (link).
2、非直连路径(indirect path):终端设备通过中继设备接入接入网设备,即在该非直连路径中,终端设备和接入网设备之间通过一个或多个中继设备建立连接并进行通信。例如,中继设备为中继(relay)UE,终端设备为远端(remote)UE,在这种情况下,远端UE与中继UE建立连接,中继UE与RAN建立连接,从而远端UE可以通过中继UE与RAN建立连接。2. Indirect path: The terminal device accesses the access network device through the relay device, that is, in the indirect path, the terminal device and the access network device pass through one or more relay devices Establish a connection and communicate. For example, the relay device is a relay (relay) UE, and the terminal device is a remote (remote) UE. In this case, the remote UE establishes a connection with the relay UE, and the relay UE establishes a connection with the RAN, so that the remote The UE can establish a connection with the RAN through the relay UE.
应理解,在非直连路径中,终端设备通过中继设备接入接入网设备之后,经过中继设备、接入网设备和核心网设备与数据网络进行数据传输。It should be understood that, in the non-direct path, after the terminal device accesses the access network device through the relay device, data transmission is performed with the data network through the relay device, the access network device, and the core network device.
需要说明的是,在非直连路径中,终端设备和中继设备之间的连接方式可以是3GPP中的连接方式,例如,邻近服务通信5(proximity-based services communication 5,PC5)连接,也可以是短距离通信技术中连接方式,例如,蓝牙连接、WiFi连接等。此外,当非直连路径上包括多个中继设备时,终端设备与中继设备之间的连接方法与任意两个中继设备之间的连接方式可以相同,也可以不同。It should be noted that, in the non-direct path, the connection mode between the terminal device and the relay device may be the connection mode in 3GPP, for example, proximity-based services communication 5 (proximity-based services communication 5, PC5) connection, also It may be a connection mode in a short-distance communication technology, for example, a Bluetooth connection, a WiFi connection, and the like. In addition, when multiple relay devices are included on the indirect path, the connection method between the terminal device and the relay device may be the same as or different from the connection method between any two relay devices.
非直连路径,也可以称为非直连链路(link)。An indirect path may also be called an indirect link (link).
3、协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话(PDU session):5G核心网(5G core network,5GC)支持PDU连接业务。PDU连接业务可以是指终端设备与DN之间交换PDU数据包的业务。PDU连接业务通过终端设备发起PDU会话的建立来实现。一个PDU会话建立后,也就是建立了一条终端设备和DN的数据传输通道。换句话说,PDU会话是UE级别的。每个终端设备可以建立一个或多个PDU会话。3. Protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) session (PDU session): 5G core network (5G core network, 5GC) supports PDU connection business. The PDU connection service may refer to a service of exchanging PDU data packets between the terminal device and the DN. The PDU connection service is realized by the establishment of the PDU session initiated by the terminal device. After a PDU session is established, a data transmission channel between the terminal device and the DN is established. In other words, PDU sessions are at UE level. Each end device can establish one or more PDU sessions.
如前所述,SMF主要用于负责移动网络中的会话管理。PDU会话在终端设备和SMF之间可以通过NAS会话管理(session management,SM)信令进行建立、修改或释放。As mentioned earlier, SMF is mainly responsible for session management in mobile networks. The PDU session can be established, modified or released between the terminal device and the SMF through NAS session management (session management, SM) signaling.
在本申请实施例中,一个PDU会话可以通过一个PDU会话标识(PDU session identifier,PDU session ID)来标识。In this embodiment of the application, a PDU session can be identified by a PDU session identifier (PDU session identifier, PDU session ID).
4、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow):PDU会话中的QoS区分粒度。一个QoS流标识(QoS flow identifier,QFI)可用于标识一个QoS流。一个PDU会话中可以包括多个QoS流,每个QoS流的QFI是不同的。换言之,一个QFI在一个PDU会话中可以是唯一的。4. Quality of service (QoS) flow (flow): The QoS distinction granularity in the PDU session. A QoS flow identifier (QoS flow identifier, QFI) can be used to identify a QoS flow. A PDU session can include multiple QoS flows, and the QFI of each QoS flow is different. In other words, one QFI can be unique within one PDU session.
进一步地,业务对应的QoS流:可以指的是用于传输该业务的数据的QoS流。例如,当通过PDU会中的QoS流传输该业务的数据时,该QoS流可以称之为是该业务对应的QoS流。QoS流承载的业务:可以指的是通过该QoS流传输的业务。Further, the QoS flow corresponding to the service may refer to the QoS flow used to transmit the data of the service. For example, when the data of the service is transmitted through the QoS flow in the PDU session, the QoS flow may be called the QoS flow corresponding to the service. The service carried by the QoS flow: may refer to the service transmitted through the QoS flow.
进一步地,QoS流的QoS需求:可以指的是QoS流所对应的QoS参数所需要满足的 条件。QoS参数可以包括但不限于:速率、时延、丢包率、优先级、可靠性,等。举例来说,QoS流所对应的QoS需求是:QoS流所对应的QoS参数中的速率需要满足7兆比特每秒(Mbps),即大于或等于7Mbps。Furthermore, the QoS requirements of the QoS flow: may refer to the conditions that the QoS parameters corresponding to the QoS flow need to meet. QoS parameters may include but not limited to: rate, delay, packet loss rate, priority, reliability, and so on. For example, the QoS requirement corresponding to the QoS flow is: the rate in the QoS parameter corresponding to the QoS flow needs to meet 7 megabits per second (Mbps), that is, greater than or equal to 7 Mbps.
图2示出了另一种网络架构的示意图。如图2所示,该网络架构200是在图1所示的架构100的基础上,3GPP标准提供的一个UE(例如,远端(remote)UE)通过另一个UE(例如,中继(relay)UE)接入网络的方案。在图2中,远端UE可以通过两种路径与DN通信,一种是直连路径(direct path),具体来说,远端UE直接接入AN,通过AN接入远端UE的核心网(包括远端UE的AMF、远端UE的SMF和远端UE的UPF),并通过AN和远端UE的核心网与DN进行信令和数据传输。另一种是非直连路径(indirect path),具体来说,远端UE先通过中继UE接入AN,再通过AN接入远端UE的核心网,然后通过AN和远端UE的核心网与DN进行信令和数据传输。对于中继UE来说,也可以采用直连路径与DN通信。具体地,中继UE可以直接接入AN,通过AN接入中继UE的核心网(包括中继UE的AMF、中继UE的SMF和中继UE的UPF),然后通过AN和中继UE的核心网与DN进行信令和数据传输。Fig. 2 shows a schematic diagram of another network architecture. As shown in FIG. 2, the network architecture 200 is based on the architecture 100 shown in FIG. ) UE) access to the network solution. In Figure 2, the remote UE can communicate with the DN through two paths, one is the direct path (direct path), specifically, the remote UE directly accesses the AN, and accesses the core network of the remote UE through the AN (including the AMF of the remote UE, the SMF of the remote UE, and the UPF of the remote UE), and perform signaling and data transmission through the AN and the core network and DN of the remote UE. The other is an indirect path. Specifically, the remote UE first accesses the AN through the relay UE, then accesses the core network of the remote UE through the AN, and then passes through the core network of the AN and the remote UE. Signaling and data transmission with DN. For the relay UE, the direct path can also be used to communicate with the DN. Specifically, the relay UE can directly access the AN, access the core network of the relay UE through the AN (including the AMF of the relay UE, the SMF of the relay UE, and the UPF of the relay UE), and then communicate with the relay UE through the AN. The core network and DN perform signaling and data transmission.
应理解,图2中的中继UE为层2邻近服务(proximity-based services,ProSe)用户设备到网络中继(layer-2ProSe UE-to-network relay)。It should be understood that the relay UE in FIG. 2 is a layer-2 proximity-based services (proximity-based services, ProSe) user equipment-to-network relay (layer-2ProSe UE-to-network relay).
图3示出了远端UE通过非直连路径进行用户面数据传输的一种协议栈架构。如图3所示,协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)层(layer)用于在远端UE和UPF之间传递应用软件(applicable soft,APP)产生的数据。业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层用于进行服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow)和数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB)之间的映射。应理解,QoS流是UE与UPF间具有QoS保证的数据传输通道。QoS流由UE与NG-RAN之间的DRB、NG-RAN与UPF间的N3连接2部分组成。一个或多个QoS流可以共用一个DRB连接,SDAP用于将QoS流映射到DRB。DRB由分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层和无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层这2层组成。其中,PDCP层用于进行用户面数据的报头压缩、解压缩、加密/解密、完整性保护、完整性验证等功能,PDCP层由RRC消息进行配置。FIG. 3 shows a protocol stack architecture in which a remote UE performs user plane data transmission through a non-direct path. As shown in FIG. 3 , a protocol data unit (protocol data unit, PDU) layer (layer) is used to transfer data generated by an application software (applicable soft, APP) between the remote UE and the UPF. The service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) layer is used for mapping between the quality of service (quality of service, QoS) flow (flow) and the data radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB). It should be understood that the QoS flow is a data transmission channel with QoS guarantee between the UE and the UPF. The QoS flow consists of two parts: DRB between UE and NG-RAN, N3 connection between NG-RAN and UPF. One or more QoS flows can share a DRB connection, and SDAP is used to map QoS flows to DRBs. DRB is composed of two layers: packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer and radio link control (radio link control, RLC) layer. Among them, the PDCP layer is used to perform functions such as header compression, decompression, encryption/decryption, integrity protection, and integrity verification of user plane data, and the PDCP layer is configured by an RRC message.
媒体接入控制(mediu access control,MAC)用于进行逻辑信道和传输信道之间的映射,并将来自不同逻辑信道的MAC数据复合到一个传输块。PHY为物理层(physical layer,PHY)。适配(adaptation)层用于中继UE或NG-RAN指示包含在中继UE的RLC中的数据包是属于哪个remote UE的,以及是属于远端UE的哪个无线承载的。Media access control (mediu access control, MAC) is used to perform mapping between logical channels and transport channels, and to combine MAC data from different logical channels into one transport block. PHY is the physical layer (physical layer, PHY). The adaptation (adaptation) layer is used for the relay UE or the NG-RAN to indicate which remote UE the data packet contained in the RLC of the relay UE belongs to, and which radio bearer of the remote UE belongs to.
通用分组无线业务(general packet radio service,GPRS)隧道传输协议-用户面(tunnel protocol-user,GTP-U)是一组基于IP的高层协议,位于传输控制协议/网际协议(transmission control protocol/internet protocol,TCP/IP)、用户数据报协议/网际协议(user data protocol,UDP/IP)之上。GTP-U消息用于在GTP-U体之间承载用户数据。L2表示层2(layer 2),L2表示层1(layer 1)。General packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS) tunnel transmission protocol-user plane (tunnel protocol-user, GTP-U) is a set of high-level protocols based on IP, located in transmission control protocol/internet protocol (transmission control protocol/internet protocol, TCP/IP), User Datagram Protocol/Internet Protocol (user data protocol, UDP/IP). GTP-U messages are used to carry user data between GTP-U entities. L2 means layer 2 (layer 2), and L2 means layer 1 (layer 1).
如图3所示,从NG-RAN的角度来看,远端UE的DRB由2部分组成:NG-RAN与远端UE之间的PDCP层,以及NG-RAN与中继UE间的RLC层。从远端UE的角度来看,远端UE的DRB由2部分组成:NG-RAN与远端UE之间的PDCP层,以及NG-RAN 与中继UE间的RLC层。As shown in Figure 3, from the perspective of NG-RAN, the DRB of the remote UE consists of two parts: the PDCP layer between the NG-RAN and the remote UE, and the RLC layer between the NG-RAN and the relay UE . From the perspective of the remote UE, the DRB of the remote UE consists of two parts: the PDCP layer between the NG-RAN and the remote UE, and the RLC layer between the NG-RAN and the relay UE.
具体地,上行数据的传输过程为:远端UE的APP层产生数据,远端UE在PDU层将数据映射到QoS流,并向Uu-SDAP层发送数据,该数据包括QoS流标识,远端UE在Uu SDAP层根据QoS流标识将QoS流映射到DRB,并将QoS流的数据发送给DRB对应的Uu PDCP层。远端UE将Uu PDCP层的数据发送给PC5接口的协议栈进行处理,并通过PC5接口发送给中继UE。中继UE解析得到远端UE的Uu PDCP的数据,并在数据中添加适配层,该适配层中包括远端UE的标识。中继UE通过与NG-RAN的Uu接口将数据发送给NG-RAN。NG-RAN接收到数据后,根据适配层中的远端UE的标识,确定该数据属于远端UE,并使用远端UE的上下文解析出远端UE的数据,NG-RAN通过与UPF间的N3接口将远端UE的数据发送给UPF。Specifically, the transmission process of uplink data is: the APP layer of the remote UE generates data, the remote UE maps the data to the QoS flow at the PDU layer, and sends the data to the Uu-SDAP layer, the data includes the QoS flow identifier, and the remote UE At the Uu SDAP layer, the UE maps the QoS flow to the DRB according to the QoS flow identifier, and sends the data of the QoS flow to the Uu PDCP layer corresponding to the DRB. The remote UE sends the data of the Uu PDCP layer to the protocol stack of the PC5 interface for processing, and sends it to the relay UE through the PC5 interface. The relay UE analyzes and obtains the Uu PDCP data of the remote UE, and adds an adaptation layer to the data, and the adaptation layer includes the identity of the remote UE. The relay UE sends data to the NG-RAN through the Uu interface with the NG-RAN. After receiving the data, NG-RAN determines that the data belongs to the remote UE according to the identity of the remote UE in the adaptation layer, and uses the context of the remote UE to parse out the data of the remote UE. NG-RAN communicates with the UPF The N3 interface of the remote UE sends the data of the remote UE to the UPF.
类似地,下行数据的传输过程为:NG-RAN接收到UPF发送给远端UE的数据,根据远端UE的上下文确定远端UE使用中继UE进行数据传输。进一步,NG-RAN在适配层中添加远端UE的标识,并发送给中继UE。中继UE解析出数据后,根据适配层中的远端UE的标识确定该数据属于远端UE,通过中继UE与远端UE的PC5接口将数据发送给远端UE,远端UE进行数据解析。Similarly, the process of downlink data transmission is: NG-RAN receives the data sent by UPF to the remote UE, and determines that the remote UE uses the relay UE for data transmission according to the context of the remote UE. Further, the NG-RAN adds the identity of the remote UE in the adaptation layer and sends it to the relay UE. After the relay UE parses the data, it determines that the data belongs to the remote UE according to the identity of the remote UE in the adaptation layer, and sends the data to the remote UE through the PC5 interface between the relay UE and the remote UE, and the remote UE performs data analysis.
图4示出了远端UE采用非直接路径传输方式进行用户面数据传输的示意性流程图。如图4所示,该方法400包括以下步骤。Fig. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of user plane data transmission performed by a remote UE in an indirect path transmission manner. As shown in Fig. 4, the method 400 includes the following steps.
S410,中继UE和远端UE分别独立的注册到5G网络。S410, the relay UE and the remote UE independently register with the 5G network.
S420,中继UE和远端UE分别独立的获得执行中继业务的授权、认证工作,获得相关授权、认证信息。S420, the relay UE and the remote UE independently obtain authorization and authentication for performing the relay service, and obtain relevant authorization and authentication information.
S430,远端UE执行relay UE发现程序,并选定终究UE。S430, the remote UE executes a relay UE discovery procedure, and selects a final UE.
S440,若远端UE选定的中继UE处于idle(空闲)态,则中继UE收到远端UE的请求后,通过业务请求(service request,SR)流程进入连接态S440, if the relay UE selected by the remote UE is in an idle (idle) state, the relay UE enters the connected state through a service request (SR) process after receiving a request from the remote UE
S450,远端UE和中继UE建立PC5连接。S450, the remote UE establishes a PC5 connection with the relay UE.
S460,远端UE通过中继UE与NG-RAN建立RRC连接,该NG-RAN与中继UE的基站相同。也就是,远端UE建立接入层(access stratum,AS)连接。S460, the remote UE establishes an RRC connection with the NG-RAN through the relay UE, and the NG-RAN is the same as the base station of the relay UE. That is, the remote UE establishes an access stratum (access stratum, AS) connection.
S470,远端UE向AMF发送NAS消息,该NAS消息被封装在RRC消息中,该RRC消息通过中继UE与远端UE间的PC5接口发送给NG-RAN。也就是,远端UE建立NAS连接。S470, the remote UE sends a NAS message to the AMF, the NAS message is encapsulated in an RRC message, and the RRC message is sent to the NG-RAN through the PC5 interface between the relay UE and the remote UE. That is, the remote UE establishes a NAS connection.
S480,远端UE发起PDU会话建立流程。S480, the remote UE initiates a PDU session establishment procedure.
在此之后,远端UE的数据经过UPF、NG-RAN和中继UE进行转发。After that, the data of the remote UE is forwarded through the UPF, NG-RAN and the relay UE.
在目前的数据传输中,远端UE使用某种固定的路径(直连路径或非直连路径)来传输业务的数据,例如,若终端设备确定传输路径为直连路径,则终端设备向接入网设备发起PDU会话请求,建立直连路径的PDU会话和QoS流,此后,终端设备通过直连路径的QoS流与数据网络传输数据。或者,若终端设备确定传输路径为非直连路径,则终端设备通过中继设备向接入网设备发起PDU会话请求,建立非直连路径的PDU会话和QoS流,此后,终端设备通过非直连路径的QoS流与数据网络传输数据。这种传输方式无法动态地满足业务的传输需求,例如,时延或通信质量或通信容量等。In the current data transmission, the remote UE uses a certain fixed path (direct path or non-direct path) to transmit service data. For example, if the terminal device determines that the transmission path is a direct path, the terminal device sends The network access device initiates a PDU session request, establishes the PDU session and QoS flow of the direct path, and then, the terminal device transmits data with the data network through the QoS flow of the direct path. Or, if the terminal device determines that the transmission path is a non-direct path, the terminal device initiates a PDU session request to the access network device through the relay device, and establishes a PDU session and QoS flow for the non-direct path. The QoS flow of the connection path and the data network transmit data. This transmission mode cannot dynamically meet service transmission requirements, for example, time delay, communication quality, or communication capacity.
本申请提供一种数据传输的方法和装置,使得终端设备和数据网络之间的数据传输路 径具有多样性,能够动态地满足业务需求。This application provides a method and device for data transmission, so that the data transmission paths between the terminal equipment and the data network are diversified and can dynamically meet business needs.
图5是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法500的示意图。方法500可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. Method 500 may include the following steps.
S510,终端设备通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第一请求消息。S510. The terminal device sends a first request message to the network device through the first communication path.
相应地,网络设备接收第一请求消息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the first request message.
具体地,网络设备可以是第一会话管理功能设备。Specifically, the network device may be a first session management function device.
其中,该第一请求消息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流。Wherein, the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used for instructing to establish the first QoS flow on the first communication path or the second communication path.
作为一种示例,该第一指示信息可以是“direct(直连)指示”,或者“indirect(非直连)指示”。其中,“direct(直连)指示”表示在直连路径建立QoS流,“indirect(非直连)指示”表示在非直连路径建立QoS流。As an example, the first indication information may be a "direct (direct connection) indication" or an "indirect (indirect connection) indication". Wherein, "direct (directly connected) indication" indicates that a QoS flow is established on a direct path, and "indirect (indirect) indication" indicates that a QoS flow is established on an indirect path.
例如,假设第一通信路径为直连路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径,若第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,则第一指示信息为direct(直连)指示;若第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,则第一指示信息为indirect(非直连)指示。For example, assuming that the first communication path is a direct path and the second communication path is a non-direct path, if the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, then the first indication information is direct (direct connected) indication; if the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, the first indication information is an indirect (non-direct connection) indication.
又如,假设第一通信路径为非直连路径,第二通信路径为直连路径,若第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,则第一指示信息为indirect(非直连)指示;若第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,则第一指示信息为direct(直连)指示。As another example, assuming that the first communication path is a non-direct path and the second communication path is a direct path, if the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, then the first indication information is indirect( non-direct connection) indication; if the first indication information is used to instruct the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, then the first indication information is a direct (direct connection) indication.
具体地,终端设备可以根据业务传输需求和各个通信路径的使用情况确定第一QoS流建立的路径为第一通信路径或第二通信路径,从而更好的满足业务传输的需求。Specifically, the terminal device may determine the path established by the first QoS flow as the first communication path or the second communication path according to service transmission requirements and usage of each communication path, so as to better meet service transmission requirements.
其中,该第一请求消息可以是PDU会话建立请求消息或PDU会话修改请求消息等非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)消息。其中,该第一请求消息可以包括第一PDU会话的标识信息,该第一PDU会话的标识信息可以用于标识第一PDU会话,例如,PDU会话ID。Wherein, the first request message may be a non-access stratum (non-access stratum, NAS) message such as a PDU session establishment request message or a PDU session modification request message. Wherein, the first request message may include identification information of the first PDU session, and the identification information of the first PDU session may be used to identify the first PDU session, for example, a PDU session ID.
在一个示例中,第一通信路径为直连路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径。In one example, the first communication path is a direct path, and the second communication path is a non-direct path.
例如,第一通信路径为终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径。在这种情况下,终端设备通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送消息#A(消息#A可以为第一请求消息,也可以为后文的第二请求消息或第三请求消息),包括:终端设备通过Uu接口向第一接入网设备发送消息#A,第一接入网设备向第一会话管理功能设备发送消息#A。应理解,在这种情况下,第一接入网设备是为终端设备提供接入服务的设备。For example, the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device is directly connected to the first access network device. In this case, the terminal device sends a message #A to the network device through the first communication path (the message #A can be the first request message, or the second request message or the third request message hereinafter), including: The terminal device sends message #A to the first access network device through the Uu interface, and the first access network device sends message #A to the first session management function device. It should be understood that, in this case, the first access network device is a device that provides access services for terminal devices.
在又一个示例中,第一通信路径为非直连路径,第二通信路径为直连路径。In yet another example, the first communication path is a non-direct path, and the second communication path is a direct path.
例如,第一通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径。在这种情况下,终端设备通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送消息#A(消息#A可以为第一请求消息,也可以为后文的第二请求消息或第三请求消息),包括:终端设备通过PC5接口向第一中继终端设备发送消息#A,第一中继终端设备向第一接入网设备发送消息#A,第一接入网设备向第一会话管理功能设备发送消息#A。应理解,在这种情况下,第一接入网设备是为第一中继终端设备提供接入服务的设备。For example, the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device. In this case, the terminal device sends a message #A to the network device through the first communication path (the message #A can be the first request message, or the second request message or the third request message hereinafter), including: The terminal device sends a message #A to the first relay terminal device through the PC5 interface, the first relay terminal device sends a message #A to the first access network device, and the first access network device sends a message to the first session management function device #A. It should be understood that, in this case, the first access network device is a device that provides access services for the first relay terminal device.
其中,该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据。Wherein, the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal equipment.
例如,第一QoS流可以用于传输终端设备的业务#A的数据。For example, the first QoS flow may be used to transmit data of service #A of the terminal device.
S520,第一会话管理功能设备根据第一请求消息确定第一QoS配置信息。S520. The first session management function device determines first QoS configuration information according to the first request message.
其中,该第一QoS配置信息用于确定第一QoS流的接入网资源。第一QoS流的接入网资源(access network recourse)也可以理解为第一QoS流对应的无线资源(radio resource)或第一QoS流对应的无线配置。例如,第一QoS流对应的PDCP、RLC、MAC、PHY等的无线资源信息或配置信息。Wherein, the first QoS configuration information is used to determine access network resources of the first QoS flow. The access network resource (access network recourse) of the first QoS flow can also be understood as a radio resource (radio resource) corresponding to the first QoS flow or a radio configuration corresponding to the first QoS flow. For example, radio resource information or configuration information of PDCP, RLC, MAC, PHY, etc. corresponding to the first QoS flow.
具体地,第一会话管理功能设备可以根据第一请求消息确定第一QoS配置信息,该第一QoS配置信息包括第一QoS流的QoS参数,例如,QoS参数可以包括:5G QoS标识符(5G QoS identifier,5QI)(代表一组QoS参数,包括带宽、时延抖动等)、分配保留优先级(allocation retention priority,ARP)、保证的比特速率(guaranteed bit rate,GBR)、最大比特速率(maximum bit rate,MBR)、QoS通知控制(qos notification control,QNC)等。Specifically, the first session management function device may determine the first QoS configuration information according to the first request message, where the first QoS configuration information includes QoS parameters of the first QoS flow, for example, the QoS parameters may include: 5G QoS identifier (5G QoS identifier, 5QI) (represents a set of QoS parameters, including bandwidth, delay jitter, etc.), allocation retention priority (allocation retention priority, ARP), guaranteed bit rate (guaranteed bit rate, GBR), maximum bit rate (maximum bit rate, MBR), QoS notification control (qos notification control, QNC), etc.
作为示例,该第一QoS配置信息可以是第一QoS流的QoS配置文件(QoS profile)。As an example, the first QoS configuration information may be a QoS profile (QoS profile) of the first QoS flow.
此外,第一会话管理功能设备存储第一QoS流和第一指示信息所指示的路径的对应关系。换言之,第一会话管理功能设备存储第一QoS流的路径。In addition, the first session management function device stores the corresponding relationship between the first QoS flow and the path indicated by the first indication information. In other words, the first session management function device stores the path of the first QoS flow.
例如,第一指示信息为direct指示,第一会话管理功能设备存储第一QoS流和直连路径的对应关系,该对应关系表示第一QoS流是建立在直连路径的QoS流。For example, the first indication information is a direct indication, and the first session management function device stores a correspondence between the first QoS flow and the direct path, and the correspondence indicates that the first QoS flow is a QoS flow established on the direct path.
又如,第一指示信息为indirect指示,第一会话管理功能设备存储第一QoS流和非直连路径的对应关系,该对应关系表示第一QoS流是建立在非直连路径的QoS流。For another example, the first indication information is an indirect indication, and the first session management function device stores the correspondence between the first QoS flow and the indirect path, and the correspondence indicates that the first QoS flow is a QoS flow established on the indirect path.
S530,第一会话管理功能设备向第一接入网设备发送第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息。S530. The first session management function device sends the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information.
第一会话管理功能设备可以将第一指示信息和确定的第一QoS配置信息发送给终端设备,以便终端设备配置第一QoS流的接入网资源。The first session management function device may send the first indication information and the determined first QoS configuration information to the terminal device, so that the terminal device configures access network resources of the first QoS flow.
S540,第一接入网设备通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第一资源配置信息。S540. The first access network device sends the first resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
相应地,终端设备通过第一通信路径接收第一资源配置信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first resource configuration information through the first communication path.
该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源。The first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow.
具体地,第一QoS流的接入网资源,包括第一QoS流的数据无线承载(data radio bearer,DRB)。Specifically, the access network resource of the first QoS flow includes a data radio bearer (data radio bearer, DRB) of the first QoS flow.
具体地,第一QoS流的DRB可以包括Uu接口DRB,或者,第一QoS流的DRB包括Uu接口的DRB和PC5接口的DRB。Specifically, the DRB of the first QoS flow may include a Uu interface DRB, or, the DRB of the first QoS flow includes a Uu interface DRB and a PC5 interface DRB.
其中,该第一资源配置信息根据第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息确定。Wherein, the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information.
作为一个示例,该第一资源配置信息是第一接入网设备确定的。As an example, the first resource configuration information is determined by the first access network device.
例如,第一接入网设备根据第一指示信息确定在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,在这种情况下,第一QoS流的接入网资源为第一通信路径的接入网资源,第一接入网设备可以根据第一QoS配置信息确定第一资源配置信息,并通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第一资源配置信息。For example, the first access network device determines to establish the first QoS flow on the first communication path according to the first indication information. In this case, the access network resources of the first QoS flow are the access network resources of the first communication path The first access network device may determine the first resource configuration information according to the first QoS configuration information, and send the first resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
作为又一个示例,该第一资源配置信息是第二接入网设备确定的。As yet another example, the first resource configuration information is determined by the second access network device.
例如,第一接入网设备根据第一指示信息确定在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,在这 种情况下,第一QoS流的接入网资源为第二通信路径的接入网资源,假设该第二通信路径包括第二接入网设备,第一接入网设备可以将第一QoS配置信息发送给第二接入网设备,第二接入网设备根据第一QoS配置信息确定第一资源配置信息,再发送给第一接入网设备。For example, the first access network device determines to establish the first QoS flow on the second communication path according to the first indication information. In this case, the access network resources of the first QoS flow are the access network resources of the second communication path , assuming that the second communication path includes the second access network device, the first access network device may send the first QoS configuration information to the second access network device, and the second access network device determines The first resource configuration information is then sent to the first access network device.
根据上述实施例提供的方法,终端设备可以通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第一指示信息,指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,第一接入网设备通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第一资源配置信息,配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,该第一资源配置信息根据第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息确定。在该方法中,通过终端设备的指示和第一接入网设备的配置,能够实现在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,避免了采用固定的通信路径传输业务的数据,能够动态地满足业务传输的需求。According to the method provided in the above-mentioned embodiment, the terminal device can send the first indication information to the network device through the first communication path, instructing to establish the first QoS flow on the first communication path or the second communication path, and the first access network device through the first communication path A communication path sends first resource configuration information to the terminal device to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, where the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information. In this method, through the instruction of the terminal device and the configuration of the first access network device, the first QoS flow can be established on the first communication path or the second communication path, avoiding the use of a fixed communication path to transmit service data, It can dynamically meet the needs of business transmission.
应理解,该第一QoS流可以为第一PDU会话的一个或多个QoS流,不予限制。例如,假设在上述实施例中,终端设备、第一接入网设备和核心网设备在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立了2个QoS流:QoS流1、QoS流2,此处的第一QoS流指的就是QoS流1和QoS流2。It should be understood that the first QoS flow may be one or more QoS flows of the first PDU session, without limitation. For example, suppose that in the above embodiment, the terminal device, the first access network device, and the core network device have established two QoS flows on the first communication path or the second communication path: QoS flow 1 and QoS flow 2, where The first QoS flow refers to QoS flow 1 and QoS flow 2 .
可选地,终端设备为远端(remote)终端设备。Optionally, the terminal device is a remote (remote) terminal device.
可选地,步骤S510包括:终端设备向接入与移动性管理功能设备发送该第一请求消息,接入与移动性管理功能设备向该第一会话管理功能设备发送第一请求消息。Optionally, step S510 includes: the terminal device sends the first request message to the access and mobility management function device, and the access and mobility management function device sends the first request message to the first session management function device.
具体地,终端设备可以通过上行(uplink,UP)NAS消息向接入与移动性管理功能设备发送第一请求消息。进一步,接入与移动性管理功能设备可以通过N11消息向第一会话管理功能设备发送该第一请求消息,该N11消息可以是PDU会话创建上下文(Nsmf_PDUsession_createSMcontext request)请求等。Specifically, the terminal device may send the first request message to the access and mobility management function device through an uplink (uplink, UP) NAS message. Further, the access and mobility management function device may send the first request message to the first session management function device through an N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session creation context (Nsmf_PDUsession_createSMcontext request) request or the like.
应理解,该NAS消息和N11消息均可以包括第一PDU会话的标识信息,该第一PDU会话的标识信息可以是第一PDU会话ID。It should be understood that both the NAS message and the N11 message may include identification information of the first PDU session, and the identification information of the first PDU session may be a first PDU session ID.
可选地,步骤S530包括:第一会话管理功能设备向接入与移动性管理功能设备发送该第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息,接入与移动性管理功能设备向第一接入网设备发送第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息。Optionally, step S530 includes: the first session management function device sends the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information to the access and mobility management function device, and the access and mobility management function device sends the first access network The device sends first indication information and first QoS configuration information.
具体地,第一会话管理功能设备可以通过N11消息向接入与移动性管理功能设备发送第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息。作为示例,该N11消息可以是N1N2消息传递(Namf_communication_N1N2MessageTransfer)消息,该N11消息包括N1 SM容器(N1SM container)和N2 SM容器(N2 SM container),该N2 SM container包括第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息。进一步,接入与移动性管理功能设备通过N2消息向第一接入网设备发送该第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息,该N2消息可以是PDU会话资源建立请求(PDU session resource setup request)消息或者PDU会话资源修改请求(PDU session resource modify request)消息等。Specifically, the first session management function device may send the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information to the access and mobility management function device through an N11 message. As an example, the N11 message may be a N1N2 message delivery (Namf_communication_N1N2MessageTransfer) message, the N11 message includes an N1 SM container (N1SM container) and an N2 SM container (N2 SM container), and the N2 SM container includes the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information. Further, the access and mobility management functional device sends the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information to the first access network device through an N2 message, where the N2 message may be a PDU session resource setup request (PDU session resource setup request) message or PDU session resource modify request (PDU session resource modify request) message, etc.
应理解,该N11消息和N2消息均可以包括第一PDU会话的标识信息,该第一PDU会话的标识信息可以是第一PDU会话ID。It should be understood that both the N11 message and the N2 message may include identification information of the first PDU session, and the identification information of the first PDU session may be a first PDU session ID.
此外,该N11消息还可以包括N1 SM容器(N1 SM container),该N1 SM容器包括PDU会话建立接受(accept)消息或PDU会话修改接受消息。接入与移动性管理功能设备可以将N1 SM container发送至终端设备。In addition, the N11 message may also include an N1 SM container (N1 SM container), and the N1 SM container includes a PDU session establishment acceptance (accept) message or a PDU session modification acceptance message. The access and mobility management function device can send the N1 SM container to the terminal device.
可选地,在上述实施例的一种实施场景下,第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS,该方法500还可以包括:终端设备通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第二请求消息。Optionally, in an implementation scenario of the foregoing embodiment, the first indication information is used to instruct the first QoS to be established on the first communication path, and the method 500 may further include: the terminal device sends to the network device through the first communication path Second request message.
相应地,网络设备接收第二请求消息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the second request message.
具体地,网络设备可以是第一会话管理功能设备。Specifically, the network device may be a first session management function device.
其中,该第二请求消息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第二QoS流。Wherein, the second request message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct establishment of the second QoS flow on the second communication path.
应理解,该第二QoS流可以为第一PDU会话的一个或多个QoS流,不予限制。例如,假设在第一通信路径已经建立了2个QoS流:QoS流1和QoS流2,终端设备请求在第二通信路径建立QoS流3和QoS流4,此处的第二QoS流指的就是QoS流3和QoS流4。It should be understood that the second QoS flow may be one or more QoS flows of the first PDU session, without limitation. For example, suppose two QoS flows have been established on the first communication path: QoS flow 1 and QoS flow 2, and the terminal device requests to establish QoS flow 3 and QoS flow 4 on the second communication path, where the second QoS flow refers to That is, QoS flow 3 and QoS flow 4.
作为一种示例,该第二指示信息可以是“direct(直连)指示”,或者“indirect(非直连)指示”。其中,“direct(直连)指示”表示在直连路径建立QoS流,“indirect(非直连)指示表示在非直连路径建立QoS流。As an example, the second indication information may be a "direct (direct connection) indication" or an "indirect (indirect connection) indication". Wherein, "direct (directly connected) indication" indicates that a QoS flow is established on a direct path, and "indirect (non-direct) indication indicates that a QoS flow is established on an indirect path.
例如,若第二通信路径为非直连路径,则第二指示信息为indirect(非直连)指示。For example, if the second communication path is an indirect path, the second indication information is an indirect (indirect) indication.
又如,若第二通信路径为直连路径,则第二指示信息为direct(直连)指示。For another example, if the second communication path is a direct connection path, the second indication information is a direct (direct connection) indication.
具体地,该第二请求消息可以是PDU会话修改请求消息。其中,该第二请求消息可以包括第一PDU会话的标识信息,例如,PDU会话ID。Specifically, the second request message may be a PDU session modification request message. Wherein, the second request message may include identification information of the first PDU session, for example, a PDU session ID.
其中,该第二QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据。Wherein, the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal equipment.
作为一种实现方式,第二QoS流可以用于传输终端设备的业务#A的数据。As an implementation manner, the second QoS flow may be used to transmit data of service #A of the terminal device.
也就是,终端设备的业务#A的数据可以既通过第一通信路径的第一QoS流传输,又通过第二通信路径的第二QoS流传输。That is, the data of the service #A of the terminal device can be transmitted not only through the first QoS flow of the first communication path, but also through the second QoS flow of the second communication path.
在这种实现方式中,将同一业务的数据通过两种不同的通信路径传输,可以提高终端设备数据传输的可靠性。In this implementation manner, the data of the same service is transmitted through two different communication paths, which can improve the reliability of data transmission of the terminal device.
作为又一种实现方式,第二QoS流可以用于传输终端设备的业务#B的数据。As yet another implementation manner, the second QoS flow may be used to transmit data of service #B of the terminal device.
也就是,终端设备的业务#A的数据可以通过第一通信路径的第一QoS流传输,终端设备的业务#B的数据可以通过第二通信路径的第二QoS流传输。That is, the data of service #A of the terminal device can be transmitted through the first QoS flow of the first communication path, and the data of service #B of the terminal device can be transmitted through the second QoS flow of the second communication path.
在这种实现方式中,将两个业务的数据通过两种不同的通信路径传输,可以提高终端设备数据传输的速率。In this implementation manner, the data transmission rate of the terminal device can be increased by transmitting the data of the two services through two different communication paths.
可选地,第二QoS流和第一QoS流均属于第一PDU会话。Optionally, both the second QoS flow and the first QoS flow belong to the first PDU session.
在上述实施场景中,该方法500还包括:第一会话管理功能设备根据第二请求消息确定第二QoS配置信息。In the above implementation scenario, the method 500 further includes: the first session management function device determines the second QoS configuration information according to the second request message.
其中,该第二QoS配置信息用于确定第二QoS流的接入网资源。第二QoS流的接入网资源也可以理解为第二QoS流对应的无线资源(radio resource)或第二QoS流对应的无线配置。例如,第二QoS流对应的PDCP、RLC、MAC、PHY等的无线资源信息或配置信息。Wherein, the second QoS configuration information is used to determine access network resources of the second QoS flow. The access network resource of the second QoS flow may also be understood as a radio resource (radio resource) corresponding to the second QoS flow or a radio configuration corresponding to the second QoS flow. For example, radio resource information or configuration information of PDCP, RLC, MAC, PHY, etc. corresponding to the second QoS flow.
具体地,第一会话管理功能设备可以根据第二请求消息确定第二QoS配置信息,该第二QoS配置信息包括第二QoS流的QoS参数,例如,QoS参数可以包括:5QI、ARP、GBR、MBR、QNC等。Specifically, the first session management function device may determine the second QoS configuration information according to the second request message, the second QoS configuration information includes QoS parameters of the second QoS flow, for example, the QoS parameters may include: 5QI, ARP, GBR, MBR, QNC, etc.
作为示例,该第二QoS配置信息可以是第二QoS流的QoS配置文件(QoS profile)。As an example, the second QoS configuration information may be a QoS profile (QoS profile) of the second QoS flow.
此外,第一会话管理功能设备可以存储第二QoS流和第二指示信息所指示的路径的对应关系。换言之,第一会话管理功能设备存储第二QoS流的路径。In addition, the first session management function device may store the correspondence between the second QoS flow and the path indicated by the second indication information. In other words, the first session management function device stores the path of the second QoS flow.
例如,第二指示信息为direct指示,第一会话管理功能设备存储第二QoS流和直连路径的对应关系,表示第二QoS流是建立在直连路径的QoS流。For example, the second indication information is a direct indication, and the first session management function device stores the correspondence between the second QoS flow and the direct path, indicating that the second QoS flow is a QoS flow established on the direct path.
又如,第二指示信息为indirect指示,第一会话管理功能设备存储第二QoS流和非直连路径的对应关系,表示第二QoS流是建立在非直连路径的QoS流。In another example, the second indication information is an indirect indication, and the first session management function device stores the correspondence between the second QoS flow and the indirect path, indicating that the second QoS flow is a QoS flow established on the indirect path.
在上述实施场景中,该方法500还包括:第一会话管理功能设备向第一接入网设备发送第二指示信息和第二QoS配置信息。In the above implementation scenario, the method 500 further includes: the first session management function device sends the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收第二指示信息和第二QoS配置信息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information.
在上述实施场景中,该方法500还包括:第一接入网设备通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第二资源配置信息。In the above implementation scenario, the method 500 further includes: the first access network device sending the second resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
相应地,终端设备通过第一通信路径接收第二资源配置信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the second resource configuration information through the first communication path.
该第二资源配置信息用于配置第二QoS流的接入网资源。The second resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
具体地,第二QoS流的接入网资源,包括第二QoS流的DRB。Specifically, the access network resources of the second QoS flow include the DRB of the second QoS flow.
具体地,第二QoS流的DRB可以包括Uu接口的DRB,或者,第二QoS流的DRB包括Uu接口的DRB和PC5接口的DRB。Specifically, the DRB of the second QoS flow may include the DRB of the Uu interface, or, the DRB of the second QoS flow includes the DRB of the Uu interface and the DRB of the PC5 interface.
其中,该第二资源配置信息根据第二指示信息和第二QoS配置信息确定。Wherein, the second resource configuration information is determined according to the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information.
作为一个示例,该第二资源配置信息是第一接入网设备确定的。As an example, the second resource configuration information is determined by the first access network device.
例如,第二通信路径为终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径,在这种情况下,第一接入网设备可以根据第二指示信息确定第二QoS流的路径,并根据第二QoS配置信息确定第二资源配置信息,并通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第二资源配置信息。For example, the second communication path is a path through which the terminal device is directly connected to the first access network device. In this case, the first access network device may determine the path of the second QoS flow according to the second indication information, and The QoS configuration information determines the second resource configuration information, and sends the second resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
作为又一个示例,该第二资源配置信息是第二接入网设备确定的。As yet another example, the second resource configuration information is determined by the second access network device.
例如,第二通信路径为终端设备直连第二接入网设备的路径,在这种情况下,第一接入网设备可以根据第二指示信息确定第二QoS流的路径,并将第二QoS配置信息发送给第二接入网设备,第二接入网设备根据第二QoS配置信息确定第二资源配置信息,再发送给第一接入网设备。For example, the second communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the second access network device. In this case, the first access network device may determine the path of the second QoS flow according to the second indication information, and send the second The QoS configuration information is sent to the second access network device, and the second access network device determines the second resource configuration information according to the second QoS configuration information, and then sends it to the first access network device.
根据上述实施场景提供的方法,终端设备和第一接入网设备还可以在第二通信路径建立第二QoS流,该第二QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据,使得终端设备和数据网络之间的通信路径具有多样性,能够提升数据传输的速率,或者提供数据传输的可靠性。According to the method provided in the above implementation scenario, the terminal device and the first access network device can also establish a second QoS flow on the second communication path, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device, so that the connection between the terminal device and the data network The communication paths are diverse, which can increase the rate of data transmission or provide reliability of data transmission.
可选地,在上述实施例的另一种实施场景下,第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS,该方法500还可以包括:终端设备通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第三请求消息。Optionally, in another implementation scenario of the foregoing embodiment, the first indication information is used to indicate that the first QoS is established on the first communication path, and the method 500 may further include: the terminal device sending the network device Send the third request message.
相应地,网络设备接收第三请求消息。Correspondingly, the network device receives the third request message.
具体地,网络设备可以是第一会话管理功能设备。Specifically, the network device may be a first session management function device.
其中,该第三请求消息包括第三指示信息和第三QoS流的QoS流标识信息,该第三指示信息用于指示将第三QoS流转移至第二通信路径。Wherein, the third request message includes third indication information and QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow, and the third indication information is used to indicate to transfer the third QoS flow to the second communication path.
作为一种示例,该第三指示信息可以是以下任一种:“direct(直连)指示”、“indirect(非直连)指示”、“transfer(转移)指示”、“transfer to direct(转移至直接)指示”、 “transfer to indirect(转移至非直连)指示”、“transfer(转移)指示+direct(直连)指示”、“transfer(转移)指示+indirect(非直连)指示”。As an example, the third indication information may be any of the following: "direct (direct connection) indication", "indirect (non-direct connection) indication", "transfer (transfer) indication", "transfer to direct (transfer) To direct) instruction", "transfer to indirect (transfer to non-direct connection) instruction", "transfer (transfer) instruction + direct (direct connection) instruction", "transfer (transfer) instruction + indirect (non-direct connection) instruction" .
其中,“direct(直连)指示”、“transfer to direct(转移至直接)指示”和“transfer(转移)+direct(直连)指示”表示将第三QoS流转移至直连路径;“indirect(非直连)指示”、“transfer to indirect(转移至非直接)指示”和“transfer(转移)+indirect(非直连)指示”表示将第三QoS流转移至非直连路径。“transfer(转移)指示”表示转移第三QoS流的通信路径,第一会话管理功能设备和第一接入网设备可以根据第三QoS流的当前路径确定转移后的路径。Among them, "direct (direct connection) instruction", "transfer to direct (transfer to direct) instruction" and "transfer (transfer)+direct (direct connection) instruction" indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the direct connection path; "indirect (indirect) indication", "transfer to indirect (transfer to indirect) indication" and "transfer (transfer)+indirect (indirect) indication" indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the indirect path. The "transfer (transfer) indication" means to transfer the communication path of the third QoS flow, and the first session management function device and the first access network device can determine the transferred path according to the current path of the third QoS flow.
例如,若第二通信路径为非直连路径,则第三指示信息为“indirect指示”、“transfer to indirect(转移至非直接)指示”、“transfer(转移)+indirect(非直连)指示”。For example, if the second communication path is an indirect path, the third indication information is "indirect indication", "transfer to indirect (transfer to indirect) indication", "transfer (transfer)+indirect (indirect) indication" ".
又如,若第二通信路径为直连路径,则第三指示信息为“direct指示”、“transfer to direct(转移至直接)指示”、“transfer(转移)+direct(直连)指示”。As another example, if the second communication path is a direct path, the third indication information is "direct indication", "transfer to direct (transfer to direct) indication", "transfer (transfer)+direct (direct connection) indication".
又如,假设第三指示信息为“transfer指示”,若第三QoS流的当前路径为非直连路径,则第一会话管理功能设备和第一接入网设备根据“transfer(转移)指示”确定将第三QoS流转移至直连路径;若第三QoS流的当前路径为直连路径,则第一会话管理功能设备和第一接入网设备根据“transfer(转移)指示”确定将第三QoS流转移至非直连路径。As another example, assuming that the third indication information is "transfer indication", if the current path of the third QoS flow is an indirect path, the first session management function device and the first access network device will follow the "transfer (transfer) indication" Determine to transfer the third QoS flow to the direct path; if the current path of the third QoS flow is a direct path, the first session management function device and the first access network device determine to transfer the third QoS flow according to the "transfer (transfer) instruction" The three QoS flows are transferred to indirect paths.
具体地,该第三请求消息可以是PDU会话修改请求消息。其中,该第三请求消息可以包括第一PDU会话的标识信息,例如,PDU会话ID。Specifically, the third request message may be a PDU session modification request message. Wherein, the third request message may include identification information of the first PDU session, for example, a PDU session ID.
其中,第三QoS流为第一QoS流中的至少一个。Wherein, the third QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows.
应理解,该第三QoS流可以为第一PDU会话的一个或多个QoS流,不予限制。例如,假设已经在第一通信路径建立了2个QoS流:QoS流1和QoS流2,终端设备请求将QoS流1从第一通信路径转移到第二通信路径,此处的第一QoS流指的就是QoS流1和QoS流2,第三QoS流指的就是QoS流1。It should be understood that the third QoS flow may be one or more QoS flows of the first PDU session, without limitation. For example, suppose two QoS flows have been established on the first communication path: QoS flow 1 and QoS flow 2, and the terminal device requests to transfer QoS flow 1 from the first communication path to the second communication path, where the first QoS flow Refers to QoS flow 1 and QoS flow 2, and the third QoS flow refers to QoS flow 1.
其中,第三QoS流的QoS流标识信息可以是第三QoS流的QFI。Wherein, the QoS flow identification information of the third QoS flow may be the QFI of the third QoS flow.
其中,该第三QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据。Wherein, the third QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal equipment.
作为一种实现方式,第三QoS流可以用于传输终端设备的业务#A的数据。As an implementation manner, the third QoS flow may be used to transmit data of service #A of the terminal device.
也就是,可以将第三QoS流从第一通信路径转移至第二通信路径,并使用第三QoS流继续传输终端设备的业务#A的数据。That is, the third QoS flow can be transferred from the first communication path to the second communication path, and the data of the service #A of the terminal device can be continuously transmitted using the third QoS flow.
在这种实现方式中,将同一业务的数据通过两种不同的通信路径传输,可以提高终端设备数据传输的可靠性。In this implementation manner, the data of the same service is transmitted through two different communication paths, which can improve the reliability of data transmission of the terminal device.
另一方面,若第一通信路径不能满足业务#A的传输需求,终端设备将第一通信路径中的至少一个第三QoS流转移至第二通信路径,通过第二通信路径中的第三QoS流传输业务#A,可以保证业务#A的传输要求。On the other hand, if the first communication path cannot meet the transmission requirements of service #A, the terminal device transfers at least one third QoS flow in the first communication path to the second communication path, and passes the third QoS flow in the second communication path. The streaming service #A can guarantee the transmission requirements of the service #A.
作为又一种实现方式,第三QoS流可以用于传输终端设备的业务#B的数据。As yet another implementation manner, the third QoS flow may be used to transmit data of service #B of the terminal device.
也就是,可以将第三QoS流从第一通信路径转移至第二通信路径,并通过第三QoS流传输终端设备的业务#B的数据。That is, it is possible to transfer the third QoS flow from the first communication path to the second communication path, and transmit the data of the service #B of the terminal device through the third QoS flow.
在这种实现方式中,如果第一通信路径不能满足业务#B的传输需求,那么终端设备将第一通信路径中的至少一个第三QoS流转移至第二通信路径,通过第二通信路径中的第三QoS流传输业务#B。通过这种方法,在保证业务#B的传输要求的同时,还可以避免 新建QoS流而占用传输资源,有助于提升系统的数据传输效率。In this implementation, if the first communication path cannot meet the transmission requirements of service #B, then the terminal device transfers at least one third QoS flow in the first communication path to the second communication path, through the second communication path The third QoS streaming service #B. Through this method, while ensuring the transmission requirements of service #B, it can also avoid occupying transmission resources due to new QoS flows, which helps to improve the data transmission efficiency of the system.
在上述实施场景中,该方法500还包括:第一会话管理功能设备根据第三请求消息确定第三QoS配置信息。In the above implementation scenario, the method 500 further includes: the first session management function device determines third QoS configuration information according to the third request message.
其中,该第三QoS配置信息用于确定第三QoS流的接入网资源。第三QoS流的接入网资源也可以理解为第三QoS流对应的无线资源(radio resource)或第三QoS流对应的无线配置。例如,第三QoS流对应的PDCP、RLC、MAC、PHY等的无线资源信息或配置信息。Wherein, the third QoS configuration information is used to determine access network resources of the third QoS flow. The access network resource of the third QoS flow may also be understood as a radio resource (radio resource) corresponding to the third QoS flow or a radio configuration corresponding to the third QoS flow. For example, radio resource information or configuration information of PDCP, RLC, MAC, PHY, etc. corresponding to the third QoS flow.
具体地,第一会话管理功能设备可以根据第三请求消息确定第三QoS配置信息,该第三QoS配置信息包括第三QoS流的QoS参数,例如,QoS参数可以包括:5QI、ARP、GBR、MBR、QNC等。Specifically, the first session management function device may determine third QoS configuration information according to the third request message, where the third QoS configuration information includes QoS parameters of the third QoS flow, for example, the QoS parameters may include: 5QI, ARP, GBR, MBR, QNC, etc.
作为示例,该第三QoS配置信息可以是第三QoS流的QoS配置文件(QoS profile)。As an example, the third QoS configuration information may be a QoS profile (QoS profile) of the third QoS flow.
此外,第一会话管理功能设备可以根据第三指示信息更新第三QoS流和第三QoS流的路径之间的对应关系。In addition, the first session management function device may update the corresponding relationship between the third QoS flow and the path of the third QoS flow according to the third indication information.
例如,第三指示信息为direct指示,第一会话管理功能设备存储第三QoS流和直连路径的对应关系,表示经过转移后第三QoS流是建立在直连路径的QoS流。For example, the third indication information is a direct indication, and the first session management function device stores the corresponding relationship between the third QoS flow and the direct path, indicating that the third QoS flow after the transfer is a QoS flow established on the direct path.
又如,第三QoS流的当前路径为direct指示,第三指示信息为transfer指示,第一会话管理功能设备存储第三QoS流和非直连路径的对应关系,表示经过转移后第三QoS流是建立在非直连路径的QoS流。In another example, the current path of the third QoS flow is a direct indication, and the third indication information is a transfer indication, and the first session management function device stores the corresponding relationship between the third QoS flow and the indirect path, indicating that the third QoS flow after transfer It is a QoS flow established on an indirect path.
在上述实施场景中,该方法500还包括:第一会话管理功能设备向第一接入网设备发送第三指示信息和第三QoS配置信息。In the above implementation scenario, the method 500 further includes: the first session management function device sends third indication information and third QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
相应地,第一接入网设备接收第三指示信息和第三QoS配置信息。Correspondingly, the first access network device receives third indication information and third QoS configuration information.
在上述实施场景中,该方法500还包括:第一接入网设备通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第三资源配置信息。In the above implementation scenario, the method 500 further includes: the first access network device sending third resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
相应地,终端设备通过第一通信路径接收第三资源配置信息。Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the third resource configuration information through the first communication path.
该第三资源配置信息用于配置第三QoS流的接入网资源。The third resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the third QoS flow.
具体地,第三QoS流的接入网资源,包括第三QoS流的DRB。Specifically, the access network resources of the third QoS flow include the DRB of the third QoS flow.
具体地,第三QoS流的DRB可以包括Uu接口的DRB,或者,第三QoS流的DRB包括Uu接口的DRB和PC5接口的DRB。Specifically, the DRB of the third QoS flow may include the DRB of the Uu interface, or, the DRB of the third QoS flow includes the DRB of the Uu interface and the DRB of the PC5 interface.
其中,该第三资源配置信息根据第三指示信息和第三QoS配置信息确定。Wherein, the third resource configuration information is determined according to the third indication information and the third QoS configuration information.
作为一个示例,该第三资源配置信息是第一接入网设备确定的。As an example, the third resource configuration information is determined by the first access network device.
例如,第二通信路径为终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径,在这种情况下,第一接入网设备可以根据第三指示信息确定第三QoS流的路径,并根据第三QoS配置信息确定第三资源配置信息,并通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第三资源配置信息。For example, the second communication path is a path through which the terminal device is directly connected to the first access network device. In this case, the first access network device may determine the path of the third QoS flow according to the third indication information, and The QoS configuration information determines the third resource configuration information, and sends the third resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path.
作为又一个示例,该第三资源配置信息是第二接入网设备确定的。As yet another example, the third resource configuration information is determined by the second access network device.
例如,第二通信路径为终端设备直连第二接入网设备的路径,在这种情况下,第一接入网设备可以根据第三指示信息确定第三QoS流的路径,并将第三QoS配置信息发送给第二接入网设备,第二接入网设备根据第三QoS配置信息确定第三资源配置信息,再发送给第一接入网设备。For example, the second communication path is a path directly connecting the terminal device to the second access network device. In this case, the first access network device may determine the path of the third QoS flow according to the third indication information, and send the third The QoS configuration information is sent to the second access network device, and the second access network device determines the third resource configuration information according to the third QoS configuration information, and then sends it to the first access network device.
在上述实施场景中,该方法500还包括:第一接入网设备根据第三指示信息删除第三 QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。In the above implementation scenario, the method 500 further includes: the first access network device deletes the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path according to the third indication information.
具体地,作为一种实现方式,在上述实施场景中,该第三资源配置信息具体用于:分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源,并删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。也就是,第三资源配置信息不仅用于向终端设备分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源,还用于配置终端设备删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。Specifically, as an implementation, in the above implementation scenario, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path, and delete the third QoS flow on the first Access network resources for communication paths. That is, the third resource configuration information is not only used to allocate the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path to the terminal device, but also used to configure the terminal device to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path. resource.
具体地,作为另一种实现方式,在上述实施场景中,该第三资源配置信息具体用于:分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源,该方法还包括:第一接入网设备向终端设备发送给第四配置信息,该第四配置信息用于删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。也就是,第三资源配置信息用于向终端设备分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源,第四配置信息用于配置终端设备删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。Specifically, as another implementation manner, in the above implementation scenario, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path, and the method further includes: the first access The network access device sends fourth configuration information to the terminal device, where the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path. That is, the third resource configuration information is used to allocate the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path to the terminal device, and the fourth configuration information is used to configure the terminal device to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path. access to resources.
根据上述实施场景提供的方法,终端设备和第一接入网设备可以将第三QoS流转移至第二通信路径,使得终端设备和数据网络之间的通信路径具有多样性,能够提升数据传输的速率,或者提供数据传输的可靠性。According to the method provided in the above implementation scenario, the terminal device and the first access network device can transfer the third QoS flow to the second communication path, so that the communication paths between the terminal device and the data network are diversified, and the efficiency of data transmission can be improved. rate, or to provide reliability of data transmission.
可选地,在上述实施例的一种实施场景下,第一请求消息包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示确定支持多路径通信的会话管理功能设备。Optionally, in an implementation scenario of the foregoing embodiment, the first request message includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the determined session management function device that supports multipath communication.
具体地,该第四指示信息可以为“Multi-Path指示”。Specifically, the fourth indication information may be "Multi-Path indication".
其中,支持多路径通信的会话管理功能设备,是指该会话管理功能设备支持同时对直连路径和非直连信路径进行管理。Wherein, the session management function device supporting multi-path communication refers to that the session management function device supports the management of the direct connection path and the non-direct connection communication path at the same time.
可选地,在上述实施场景中,该方法500还包括:接入与移动性管理功能设备根据该第四指示信息确定第一会话管理功能设备,该第一会话管理功能设备支持多路径通信。Optionally, in the above implementation scenario, the method 500 further includes: the access and mobility management function device determines the first session management function device according to the fourth indication information, and the first session management function device supports multipath communication.
具体地,接入与移动性管理功能设备可以根据第四指示信息从多个支持多路径通信的会话管理功能设备中选择第一会话管理功能设备。Specifically, the access and mobility management function device may select the first session management function device from multiple session management function devices supporting multipath communication according to the fourth indication information.
进一步,接入与移动性管理功能设备向第一会话管理功能设备发送该第一请求消息。Further, the access and mobility management function device sends the first request message to the first session management function device.
根据上述实施场景提供的方法,终端设备和第一接入网设备还可以将第三QoS流转移至第二通信路径,使得终端设备和数据网络之间的通信路径具有多样性,能够提升数据传输的速率,或者提供数据传输的可靠性According to the method provided in the above implementation scenario, the terminal device and the first access network device can also transfer the third QoS flow to the second communication path, so that the communication paths between the terminal device and the data network are diversified, and data transmission can be improved rate, or to provide the reliability of data transmission
下面根据第一通信路径和第二通信路径所指代的具体路径分情况1和情况2描述。The description below is divided into case 1 and case 2 according to the specific paths referred to by the first communication path and the second communication path.
情况1、第一通信路径为直连路径,具体地,该直连路径为终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径。 Case 1. The first communication path is a direct connection path. Specifically, the direct connection path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the first access network device, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path.
应理解,在情况1中,第一接入网设备是为终端设备提供接入服务的设备。It should be understood that in case 1, the first access network device is a device that provides access services for terminal devices.
此外,在情况1中,终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的信息交互都是通过直连路径。In addition, in case 1, the information exchange between the terminal device and the first access network device is all through the direct connection path.
在情况1中,根据第一指示信息所指示的具体内容分为情况1-1和情况1-2进行描述。In case 1, according to the specific content indicated by the first indication information, it is divided into case 1-1 and case 1-2 for description.
情况1-1、第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流。In case 1-1, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path.
在这种情况下,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。In this case, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
具体地,终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息可以理解为终端设备与第一接入网设备建立连接的Uu-PDCP层、Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层的配置。Specifically, the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device can be understood as the Uu-PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Configuration of the Uu-PHY layer.
其中,情况1-1中,第一QoS流的接入网资源可以包括第一资源配置信息所配置的资 源。Wherein, in case 1-1, the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured in the first resource configuration information.
情况1-2、第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流。In case 1-2, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path.
在这种情况下,该方法500还可以包括:第一接入网设备获取第一中继终端设备的小区标识,第二通信路径的设备包括第一中继终端设备。In this case, the method 500 may further include: the first access network device acquires the cell identity of the first relay terminal device, and the devices on the second communication path include the first relay terminal device.
其中,第一中继终端设备的小区标识可以理解为第一中继终端设备的接入小区的小区标识。第一中继终端设备的小区标识用于确定第一中继终端设备的接入网设备。Wherein, the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device may be understood as the cell identifier of the access cell of the first relay terminal device. The cell identifier of the first relay terminal device is used to determine the access network device of the first relay terminal device.
具体地,第一接入网设备获取第一中继终端设备的小区标识可以通过以下方式实现。Specifically, the acquisition of the cell identity of the first relay terminal device by the first access network device may be implemented in the following manner.
方式一、第一接入网设备根据至少一个中继终端设备的PC5信号强度确定第一中继终端设备和第一中继终端设备的小区标识。Mode 1: The first access network device determines the first relay terminal device and the cell identity of the first relay terminal device according to the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device.
具体地,第一接入网设备可以根据第一指示信息向终端设备发送第一测量配置信息,该第一测量配置信息用于指示终端设备测量至少一个中继终端设备的PC5信号强度,该第一测量配置信息包括至少一个中继终端设备的标识。Specifically, the first access network device may send first measurement configuration information to the terminal device according to the first instruction information, where the first measurement configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to measure the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device. A piece of measurement configuration information includes an identifier of at least one relay terminal device.
其中,中继终端设备的标识(identifier,ID)可以是小区无线网络临时标识(cell-radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI)、全球唯一临时UE标识(globally unique temporary UE identity,GUTI)或临时移动用户标识(serving-temporary mobile subscriber identity,S-TMSI)。Wherein, the identifier (identifier, ID) of the relay terminal device may be a cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI), a globally unique temporary UE identity (GUTI) or a temporary mobile User identity (serving-temporary mobile subscriber identity, S-TMSI).
终端设备接收第一测量配置信息,进而根据第一测量配置信息测量至少一个中继终端设备的PC5信号强度。The terminal device receives the first measurement configuration information, and then measures the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device according to the first measurement configuration information.
其中,至少一个中继终端设备的PC5信号强度指的是,至少一个中继终端设备中的每一个与终端设备之间的PC5连接的信号强度。Wherein, the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device refers to the signal strength of the PC5 connection between each of the at least one relay terminal device and the terminal device.
终端设备向第一接入网设备发送第一测量报告,该第一测量报告包括该至少一个中继终端设备的标识、至少一个中继终端设备的小区标识和至少一个中继终端设备的PC5信号强度。The terminal device sends a first measurement report to the first access network device, where the first measurement report includes the identifier of the at least one relay terminal device, the cell identifier of at least one relay terminal device, and the PC5 signal of at least one relay terminal device strength.
其中,至少一个中继终端设备的小区标识可以为新无线小区全球标识(NR cell global identifier,NCGI)。Wherein, the cell identifier of at least one relay terminal device may be a new radio cell global identifier (NR cell global identifier, NCGI).
第一接入网设备根据至少一个中继终端设备的PC5信号强度确定第一中继终端设备。The first access network device determines the first relay terminal device according to the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device.
具体地,作为一个示例,第一接入网设备可以根据至少一个中继终端设备的PC5信号强度选择第一中继终端设备,例如,从至少一个中继终端设备中选择PC5信号强度最好的中继终端设备作为第一中继终端设备。Specifically, as an example, the first access network device may select the first relay terminal device according to the PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device, for example, select the one with the best PC5 signal strength from at least one relay terminal device The relay terminal device serves as the first relay terminal device.
具体地,作为又一个示例,第一接入网设备可以根据至少一个中继终端设备的小区标识选择至少一个候选中继终端设备,根据至少一个候选中继终端设备的PC5信号强度确定第一中继终端设备。Specifically, as yet another example, the first access network device may select at least one candidate relay terminal device according to the cell identifier of at least one relay terminal device, and determine the first center cell according to the PC5 signal strength of at least one candidate relay terminal device. following terminal equipment.
例如,至少一个中继终端设备包括N个中继终端设备,N为正整数,第一接入网设备根据N个中继终端设备的小区标识确定M个候选中继终端设备,该M个候选中继终端设备的小区标识对应同一个接入网设备,例如,该M个候选中继终端设备的小区标识均对应第一接入网设备,第一接入网设备从M个候选中继终端设备中选择PC5信号强度最好的中继终端设备作为第一中继终端设备。For example, at least one relay terminal device includes N relay terminal devices, where N is a positive integer, and the first access network device determines M candidate relay terminal devices according to the cell identities of the N relay terminal devices, and the M candidate relay terminal devices The cell identities of the relay terminal devices correspond to the same access network device, for example, the cell identities of the M candidate relay terminal devices all correspond to the first access network device, and the first access network device selects from the M candidate relay terminal Among the devices, the relay terminal device with the best signal strength of PC5 is selected as the first relay terminal device.
进一步,确定第一中继终端设备之后,第一接入网设备可以根据至少一个中继终端设备与至少一个中继终端设备的小区标识的对应关系确定第一中继终端设备的小区标识。Further, after the first relay terminal device is determined, the first access network device may determine the cell identity of the first relay terminal device according to the correspondence between at least one relay terminal device and the cell identity of at least one relay terminal device.
方式二、第一接入网设备接收来自终端设备的无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息,该RRC消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识。Mode 2: The first access network device receives a radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) message from the terminal device, where the RRC message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
具体地,在终端设备和第一中继终端设备的PC5连接已处于连接态的情况下,第一接入网设备向终端设备发送RRC消息,例如,中继终端请求消息,该中继终端请求消息用于请求终端设备上报中继终端设备的信息。进一步,终端设备向第一接入网设备回复RRC消息,例如,中继终端响应消息,该中继终端响应消息包括第一中继终端设备的标识和第一中继终端设备的小区标识。Specifically, when the PC5 connection between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device is already in the connected state, the first access network device sends an RRC message to the terminal device, for example, a relay terminal request message, and the relay terminal requests The message is used to request the terminal device to report the information of the relay terminal device. Further, the terminal device replies an RRC message to the first access network device, for example, a relay terminal response message, where the relay terminal response message includes the identifier of the first relay terminal device and the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
方式三、第一接入网设备接收来自第一会话管理功能设备或接入与移动性管理功能设备的第一消息,该第一消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识。Way 3: The first access network device receives a first message from the first session management function device or the access and mobility management function device, where the first message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
具体地,在终端设备和第一中继终端设备的PC5连接已处于连接态的情况下,终端设备可以在第一请求消息中携带第一中继终端设备的标识和第一中继终端设备的小区标识,第一会话管理功能设备或接入与移动性管理功能设备可以向第一接入网设备发送第一消息,该第一消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识。Specifically, when the PC5 connection between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device is already in the connected state, the terminal device may carry the identifier of the first relay terminal device and the ID of the first relay terminal device in the first request message. For the cell identifier, the first session management functional device or the access and mobility management functional device may send a first message to the first access network device, where the first message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
例如,在S530中,第一消息和第一QoS配置信息一起发送。For example, in S530, the first message is sent together with the first QoS configuration information.
在情况1-2中,该方法500还可以包括:第一接入网设备根据第一中继终端设备的小区标识确定第一中继终端设备的接入网设备。In case 1-2, the method 500 may further include: the first access network device determines the access network device of the first relay terminal device according to the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
具体地,第一接入网设备可以根据第一中继终端设备的小区标识确定为第一中继终端设备提供接入服务的设备,即第一中继终端设备的接入网设备。Specifically, the first access network device may determine, according to the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, a device that provides access services for the first relay terminal device, that is, an access network device of the first relay terminal device.
应理解,小区标识与接入网设备之间具有对应关系,第一接入网设备可以根据第一中继终端设备的小区标识和该对应关系确定第一中继终端设备的接入网设备。例如,在小区标识中包含接入网设备的标识,第一接入网设备根据小区标识中的接入网设备的标识确定第一中继终端设备的接入网设备。It should be understood that there is a corresponding relationship between the cell identifier and the access network device, and the first access network device may determine the access network device of the first relay terminal device according to the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device and the corresponding relationship. For example, the cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device, and the first access network device determines the access network device of the first relay terminal device according to the identifier of the access network device in the cell identifier.
在一种实施方式中,第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第一接入网设备,第二通信路径为非直连路径,该非直连路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径。In one embodiment, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device, and the second communication path is an indirect path, and the indirect path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay terminal A path for the device to connect to the first access network device.
此时,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。At this time, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
具体地,终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息可以理解为终端设备与第一中继终端设备建立连接的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层的配置,终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息理解为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备与第一接入网设备建立连接的Uu-PDCP层的配置。Specifically, the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device can be understood as the configuration information of the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer for establishing a connection between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device. Configuration, the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device is understood as the configuration of the Uu-PDCP layer for the terminal device to establish a connection with the first access network device through the first relay terminal device.
此时,第一资源配置信息是由第一接入网设备确定的。At this time, the first resource configuration information is determined by the first access network device.
此外,在这种实现方式中,该方法500还包括:第一接入网设备根据第一QoS配置信息生成第五资源配置信息,该第五资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及第一中继终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。进一步,第一接入网设备向第一中继终端设备发送第五资源配置信息。In addition, in this implementation, the method 500 further includes: the first access network device generates fifth resource configuration information according to the first QoS configuration information, where the fifth resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the first relay terminal device configuration information of the PC5 interface between the first relay terminal device and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device. Further, the first access network device sends fifth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device.
具体地,终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息可以理解为第一中继终端设备与终端设备建立连接的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层的配置,第一中继终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息理解为第一中继终端设备 与第一接入网设备建立连接的Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层的配置。Specifically, the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device can be understood as the configuration information of the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer that the first relay terminal device establishes a connection with the terminal device. Configuration, the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device is understood as the Uu-RLC layer and Uu-MAC layer for the first relay terminal device to establish a connection with the first access network device , Uu-PHY layer configuration.
也就是,第一接入网设备会将第一中继终端设备和终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及第一中继终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息发送给第一中继终端设备,从而完成第一中继终端设备的资源配置。That is, the first access network device will transfer the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the first relay terminal device and the terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device The information is sent to the first relay terminal device, so as to complete the resource configuration of the first relay terminal device.
其中,在这种实现方式中,第一QoS流的接入网资源可以包括第一资源配置信息和第五资源配置信息所配置的资源。Wherein, in this implementation manner, the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured by the first resource configuration information and the fifth resource configuration information.
在又一种实施方式中,第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为非直连路径,该非直连路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第二接入网设备的路径。In yet another embodiment, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is an indirect path, and the indirect path is that the terminal device passes through the first relay A path for the terminal device to connect to the second access network device.
此时,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。At this time, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
具体地,终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息可以理解为终端设备与第一中继终端设备建立连接的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层的配置,终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息理解为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备与第二接入网设备建立连接的Uu-PDCP层的配置。Specifically, the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device can be understood as the configuration information of the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer for establishing a connection between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device. Configuration, the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device is understood as the configuration of the Uu-PDCP layer for the terminal device to establish a connection with the second access network device through the first relay terminal device.
此时,第一资源配置信息是由第二接入网设备确定的。At this time, the first resource configuration information is determined by the second access network device.
也就是,该方法500还包括:第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第一QoS配置信息,第二接入网设备根据第一QoS配置信息确定第一资源配置信息,进一步,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送该第一资源配置信息。That is, the method 500 further includes: the first access network device sends a second message to the second access network device, the second message includes the first QoS configuration information, and the second access network device The first resource configuration information is determined, and further, the second access network device sends the first resource configuration information to the first access network device.
可选地,第二消息还包括第一中继终端设备的标识和终端设备的标识。Optionally, the second message further includes the identifier of the first relay terminal device and the identifier of the terminal device.
此外,在这种实现方式中,该方法500还包括:第二接入网设备根据第一QoS配置信息生成第六资源配置信息,该第六资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及第一中继终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。进一步,第二终端设备向第一中继终端设备发送该第六资源配置信息。In addition, in this implementation, the method 500 further includes: the second access network device generates sixth resource configuration information according to the first QoS configuration information, where the sixth resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the first relay terminal device The configuration information of the PC5 interface between, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the second access network device. Further, the second terminal device sends the sixth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device.
具体地,终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息可以理解为第一中继终端设备与终端设备建立连接的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层的配置,第一中继终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息理解为第一中继终端设备与第二接入网设备建立连接的Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层的配置。Specifically, the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device can be understood as the configuration information of the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer that the first relay terminal device establishes a connection with the terminal device. Configuration, the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the second access network device is understood as the Uu-RLC layer and Uu-MAC layer for the first relay terminal device to establish a connection with the second access network device , Uu-PHY layer configuration.
也就是,第二接入网设备会将终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及第一中继终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息发送给第一中继终端设备,从而完成第一中继终端设备的资源配置。That is, the second access network device will transfer the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the second access network device The information is sent to the first relay terminal device, so as to complete the resource configuration of the first relay terminal device.
其中,在这种实现方式中,第一QoS流的接入网资源可以包括第一资源配置信息和第六资源配置信息所配置的资源。Wherein, in this implementation manner, the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured by the first resource configuration information and the sixth resource configuration information.
应理解,对于情况1-1,若终端设备还发送第二请求消息或第三请求消息,则确定第二通信路径中的第一中继终端设备的具体方法、确定第一中继终端设备的接入网设备的具体方法均可以参考情况1-2,此外,第一QoS流的接入网资源的内容也可以参考情况1-2中的描述。It should be understood that, for case 1-1, if the terminal device also sends the second request message or the third request message, the specific method for determining the first relay terminal device in the second communication path, the method for determining the first relay terminal device For the specific method of the access network device, refer to Case 1-2. In addition, for the content of the access network resource of the first QoS flow, refer to the description in Case 1-2.
情况2、第一通信路径为非直连路径,具体地,该非直连路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,第二通信路径为直连路径。Case 2: The first communication path is an indirect path. Specifically, the indirect path is a path for a terminal device to connect to the first access network device through a first relay terminal device, and the second communication path is a direct path.
应理解,在情况2中,第一接入网设备是为第一中继终端设备提供接入服务的设备。It should be understood that in case 2, the first access network device is a device that provides access services for the first relay terminal device.
此外,在情况2中,终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的信息交互都是通过非直连路径。In addition, in case 2, the information exchange between the terminal device and the first access network device is through an indirect path.
在情况2中,根据第一指示信息所指示的具体内容分为情况2-1和情况2-2进行描述。In case 2, according to the specific content indicated by the first indication information, it is divided into case 2-1 and case 2-2 for description.
情况2-1、第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流。In case 2-1, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path.
在这种情况下,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。In this case, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
具体地,终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息可以理解为终端设备与第一中继终端设备建立连接的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层的配置,终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息理解为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备与第一接入网设备建立连接的Uu-PDCP层的配置。Specifically, the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device can be understood as the configuration information of the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer for establishing a connection between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device. Configuration, the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device is understood as the configuration of the Uu-PDCP layer for the terminal device to establish a connection with the first access network device through the first relay terminal device.
其中,情况2-1中,第一QoS流的接入网资源可以包括第一资源配置信息所配置的资源。Wherein, in case 2-1, the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured in the first resource configuration information.
情况2-2、第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流。In case 2-2, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path.
在这种情况下,该方法500还可以包括:第一接入网设备获取终端设备的接入网设备。In this case, the method 500 may further include: the first access network device acquires the access network device of the terminal device.
具体地,第一接入网设备获取终端设备的接入网设备可以通过以下方式实现。Specifically, the acquisition of the access network device of the terminal device by the first access network device may be implemented in the following manner.
方式一、第一接入网设备根据终端设备的可驻留小区的信号强度确定终端设备的接入网设备。Mode 1: The first access network device determines the access network device of the terminal device according to the signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can camp.
具体地,第一接入网设备可以根据第一指示信息向终端设备发送第二测量配置信息,该第二测量配置信息用于指示终端设备测量该终端设备的可驻留小区和可驻留小区的小区信号强度。Specifically, the first access network device may send second measurement configuration information to the terminal device according to the first indication information, where the second measurement configuration information is used to instruct the terminal device to measure the resident cell and the resident cell of the terminal device. The signal strength of the cell.
终端设备接收第二测量配置信息,进而根据第二测量配置信息测量可驻留小区以及可驻留小区的小区信号强度。The terminal device receives the second measurement configuration information, and then measures the campable cell and the cell signal strength of the campable cell according to the second measurement configuration information.
终端设备向第一接入网设备发送第二测量报告,该第二测量报告包括该终端设备的可驻留小区的小区标识以及可驻留小区的小区信号强度。The terminal device sends a second measurement report to the first access network device, where the second measurement report includes the cell identity of the cell where the terminal device can camp and the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can camp.
其中,可驻留小区的小区标识可以为新无线小区全球标识(NR cell global identifier,NCGI)。Wherein, the cell identifier of the cell that can reside may be a new radio cell global identifier (NR cell global identifier, NCGI).
进一步,第一接入网设备可以根据可驻留小区的小区信号强度确定终端设备的接入小区,并根据终端设备的接入小区的小区标识确定为终端设备提供接入服务的设备,即终端设备的接入网设备。Further, the first access network device may determine the access cell of the terminal device according to the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can reside, and determine the device that provides access services for the terminal device according to the cell identifier of the access cell of the terminal device, that is, the terminal The device's access network device.
例如,第一接入网设备选择小区信号强度最好的可驻留小区作为终端设备的接入小区,并根据该接入小区的小区标识和小区标识与接入网设备之间的对应关系确定终端设备的接入网设备。For example, the first access network device selects the resident cell with the best cell signal strength as the access cell of the terminal device, and determines The access network equipment of the terminal equipment.
方式二、第一接入网设备接收来自终端设备的RRC消息,该RRC消息包括终端设备的小区标识,第一接入网设备根据终端设备的小区标识确定终端设备的接入网设备。Method 2: The first access network device receives an RRC message from the terminal device, where the RRC message includes the cell identifier of the terminal device, and the first access network device determines the access network device of the terminal device according to the cell identifier of the terminal device.
具体地,在终端设备和某个接入网设备之间已经直接建立连接的情况下,第一接入网设备向终端设备发送RRC消息,该RRC消息用于请求终端设备上报终端设备的小区信息。进一步,终端设备向第一接入网设备回复RRC响应消息,该RRC响应消息包括该终端设备的标识和该终端设备的小区标识。Specifically, when a connection has been directly established between the terminal device and a certain access network device, the first access network device sends an RRC message to the terminal device, and the RRC message is used to request the terminal device to report the cell information of the terminal device . Further, the terminal device replies an RRC response message to the first access network device, where the RRC response message includes the identifier of the terminal device and the cell identifier of the terminal device.
第一接入网设备根据终端设备的小区标识确定为终端设备提供接入服务的设备,即终 端设备的接入网设备。例如,在小区标识中包含接入网设备的标识,第一接入网设备根据小区标识中的接入网设备的标识确定终端设备的接入网设备。The first access network device determines a device that provides access services for the terminal device according to the cell identifier of the terminal device, that is, the access network device of the terminal device. For example, the cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device, and the first access network device determines the access network device of the terminal device according to the identifier of the access network device in the cell identifier.
方式三、第一接入网设备接收来自第一会话管理功能设备或接入与移动性管理功能设备的第四消息,该第四消息包括终端设备的小区标识,第一接入网设备根据终端设备的小区标识确定终端设备的接入网设备。Mode 3: The first access network device receives a fourth message from the first session management function device or access and mobility management function device, where the fourth message includes the cell identifier of the terminal device, and the first access network device receives the fourth message according to the terminal device The cell identity of the device determines the access network device of the terminal device.
具体地,在终端设备和某个接入网设备之间已经直接建立连接的情况下,终端设备可以在第一请求消息中携带终端设备的标识和终端设备的小区标识,第一会话管理功能设备或接入与移动性管理功能设备可以向第一接入网设备发送第四消息,该第四消息包括终端设备的小区标识。Specifically, when a connection has been directly established between the terminal device and a certain access network device, the terminal device may carry the identifier of the terminal device and the cell identifier of the terminal device in the first request message, and the first session management function device Or, the access and mobility management functional device may send a fourth message to the first access network device, where the fourth message includes the cell identifier of the terminal device.
例如,在S530中,第四消息和第一QoS配置信息一起发送。For example, in S530, the fourth message is sent together with the first QoS configuration information.
第一接入网设备根据终端设备的小区标识确定为终端设备提供接入服务的设备,即终端设备的接入网设备。例如,在小区标识中包含接入网设备的标识,第一接入网设备根据小区标识中的接入网设备的标识确定终端设备的接入网设备。The first access network device determines, according to the cell identifier of the terminal device, a device that provides access services for the terminal device, that is, an access network device of the terminal device. For example, the cell identifier includes the identifier of the access network device, and the first access network device determines the access network device of the terminal device according to the identifier of the access network device in the cell identifier.
其中,在上述方式一至方式三中,终端设备的小区标识可以理解为终端设备的接入小区的小区标识。Wherein, in the above manners 1 to 3, the cell identifier of the terminal device may be understood as the cell identifier of the access cell of the terminal device.
在一种实施方式中,终端设备的接入网设备为第一接入网设备,第二通信路径为直连路径,该直连路径为终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径。In an implementation manner, the access network device of the terminal device is a first access network device, and the second communication path is a direct connection path, and the direct connection path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the first access network device.
此时,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。At this time, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
具体地,终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息可以理解为终端设备与第一接入网设备建立连接的Uu-PDCP层、Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层的配置。Specifically, the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device can be understood as the Uu-PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Configuration of the Uu-PHY layer.
此时,第一资源配置信息是由第一接入网设备确定的。At this time, the first resource configuration information is determined by the first access network device.
其中,在这种实现方式中,第一QoS流的接入网资源可以包括第一资源配置信息所配置的资源。Wherein, in this implementation manner, the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured in the first resource configuration information.
在又一种实施方式中,终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为直连路径,该直连路径为终端设备直连第二接入网设备的路径。In yet another implementation manner, the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is a direct connection path, and the direct connection path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the second access network device.
此时,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。At this time, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
具体地,终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息可以理解为终端设备与第二接入网设备建立连接的Uu-PDCP层、Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层的配置。Specifically, the configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device can be understood as the Uu-PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Configuration of the Uu-PHY layer.
此时,第一资源配置信息是由第二接入网设备确定的。At this time, the first resource configuration information is determined by the second access network device.
其中,在这种实现方式中,第一QoS流的接入网资源可以包括第一资源配置信息所配置的资源。Wherein, in this implementation manner, the access network resources of the first QoS flow may include resources configured in the first resource configuration information.
也就是,该方法500还包括:第一接入网设备向第二接入网设备发送第三消息,该第三消息包括第一QoS配置信息,第二接入网设备根据第一QoS配置信息确定第一资源配置信息,进一步,第二接入网设备向第一接入网设备发送该第一资源配置信息。That is, the method 500 further includes: the first access network device sends a third message to the second access network device, where the third message includes the first QoS configuration information, and the second access network device The first resource configuration information is determined, and further, the second access network device sends the first resource configuration information to the first access network device.
可选地,第三消息还包括终端设备的标识。Optionally, the third message further includes an identifier of the terminal device.
应理解,对于情况2-1,若终端设备还发送第二请求消息或第三请求消息,则确定终端设备的接入网设备的具体方法均可以参考情况2-2,此外第一QoS流的接入网资源的内 容也可以参考情况2-2中的描述。It should be understood that for case 2-1, if the terminal device also sends the second request message or the third request message, the specific method for determining the access network device of the terminal device can refer to case 2-2. In addition, the first QoS flow For the content of the access network resources, refer to the description in Case 2-2.
需要指出的是,方法500所示实施例的各个实施场景可以单独实施,也可以相互结合,不予限制。It should be noted that each implementation scenario of the embodiment shown in the method 500 may be implemented independently, or may be combined with each other, which is not limited.
图6是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法600的示意图。方法600可以视为方法500的一种具体实现方式,该方法600可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 600 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 600 may include the following steps.
S601,远端UE在直连路径上向AMF发送请求消息#1。S601, the remote UE sends a request message #1 to the AMF on the direct path.
具体地,远端UE向gNB1发送请求消息#1(第一请求消息的一例),gNB1向AMF发送请求消息#1。Specifically, the remote UE sends a request message #1 (an example of the first request message) to the gNB1, and the gNB1 sends the request message #1 to the AMF.
该请求消息#1包括指示信息#1(第一指示信息的一例),该指示信息#1为direct指示,该direct指示用于指示在直连路径上建立QoS流。The request message #1 includes indication information #1 (an example of first indication information), the indication information #1 is a direct indication, and the direct indication is used to instruct to establish a QoS flow on the direct path.
该请求消息#1还包括指示信息#4(第四指示信息的一例),该指示信息#4为Multi-Path指示,Multi-Path指示用于指示AMF选择支持多路径通信的SMF。The request message #1 also includes indication information #4 (an example of fourth indication information), where the indication information #4 is a Multi-Path indication, and the Multi-Path indication is used to instruct the AMF to select an SMF supporting multi-path communication.
该请求消息#1可以是PDU会话建立请求(PDU session establish request)消息。The request message #1 may be a PDU session establish request (PDU session establish request) message.
远端UE可以通过UL NAS消息发送请求消息#1。The remote UE can send request message #1 through UL NAS message.
该请求消息#1可以包括PDU会话#1的PDU会话ID。The request message #1 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
该gNB1是为远端UE提供服务的基站。The gNB1 is a base station that provides services for remote UEs.
S602,AMF向SMF发送请求消息#1。S602. The AMF sends a request message #1 to the SMF.
AMF根据指示信息#4确定支持多路径的SMF,并向SMF发送请求消息#1。The AMF determines the SMF supporting multipath according to the indication information #4, and sends a request message #1 to the SMF.
AMF可以通过N11消息向SMF发送请求消息#1,该N11消息可以是PDU会话创建上下文请求(Nsmf_PDUsession_createSMcontext request)消息等。The AMF may send a request message #1 to the SMF through an N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session creation context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_createSMcontext request) message or the like.
S603,SMF根据请求消息#1确定QoS配置信息#1。S603, the SMF determines QoS configuration information #1 according to the request message #1.
SMF根据请求消息#1确定QoS配置信息#1(第一QoS配置信息的一例),该QoS配置信息#1包括QoS流#1(第一QoS流的一例)的QoS参数。The SMF determines QoS configuration information #1 (an example of the first QoS configuration information) according to the request message #1, and the QoS configuration information #1 includes QoS parameters of the QoS flow #1 (an example of the first QoS flow).
此外,SMF记录建立的QoS流#1的路径为直连路径。In addition, the path of the QoS flow #1 established by the SMF record is a direct path.
S604,SMF向gNB1发送指示信息#1、QoS配置信息#1和响应消息#1。S604, the SMF sends indication information #1, QoS configuration information #1 and response message #1 to gNB1.
具体地,该响应消息#1用于响应该请求消息#1。Specifically, the response message #1 is used to respond to the request message #1.
该响应消息#1可以是PDU会话建立接收(PDU session establish accept)消息。The response message #1 may be a PDU session establish accept (PDU session establish accept) message.
具体地,SMF可以先向AMF发送N11消息,该N11消息包括N1 SM container和N2SM container,该N1 SM container包括响应消息#1,该N2 SM container包括指示信息#1和QoS配置信息#1,其中,该N11消息可以是N1N2消息传递(Namf_communication_N1N2MessageTransfer)消息。Specifically, the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes an N1 SM container and an N2SM container, the N1 SM container includes a response message #1, and the N2 SM container includes indication information #1 and QoS configuration information #1, wherein , the N11 message may be a N1N2 message transfer (Namf_communication_N1N2MessageTransfer) message.
进一步,AMF将N2 SM container和N1 SM container发送给gNB1。Further, AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
S605,gNB1向远端UE发送资源配置信息#1和响应消息#1。S605, gNB1 sends resource configuration information #1 and response message #1 to the remote UE.
gNB1根据QoS配置信息#1确定资源配置信息#1(第一资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#1用于配置远端UE和gNB1之间的Uu接口(包括远端UE的Uu-PDCP层、Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层)的空口资源。gNB1 determines resource configuration information #1 (an example of the first resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #1. The resource configuration information #1 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the Uu- PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer) air interface resources.
gNB1向远端UE发送资源配置信息#1和N1 SM container。gNB1 sends resource configuration information #1 and N1 SM container to the remote UE.
经过S601至S605,在远端UE的直连路径建立QoS流#1。After S601 to S605, QoS flow #1 is established on the direct path of the remote UE.
应理解,在S601至S605的过程中,建立的QoS流可以是一个也可以是多个,方法 600以一个为例进行说明,该一个QoS流为QoS流#1。It should be understood that, in the process from S601 to S605, one or more QoS flows may be established, and the method 600 uses one as an example for illustration, and this one QoS flow is QoS flow #1.
S606,远端UE在直连路径上向AMF发送请求消息#2。S606, the remote UE sends a request message #2 to the AMF on the direct path.
若远端UE有在非直连路径上传输数据的需求,远端UE在直连路径上向AMF发送请求消息#2。If the remote UE needs to transmit data on the non-direct path, the remote UE sends a request message #2 to the AMF on the direct path.
具体地,远端UE向gNB1发送请求消息#2(第二请求消息的一例),gNB1向AMF发送请求消息#2。Specifically, the remote UE sends a request message #2 (an example of a second request message) to the gNB1, and the gNB1 sends the request message #2 to the AMF.
该请求消息#2包括指示信息#2(第二指示信息的一例),该指示信息#2为indirect指示,该indirect指示用于指示在非直连路径上建立QoS流。The request message #2 includes indication information #2 (an example of second indication information), where the indication information #2 is an indirect indication, and the indirect indication is used for instructing to establish a QoS flow on a non-direct path.
该请求消息#2可以是PDU会话修改请求(PDU session modification request)消息,该请求消息#2可以包括PDU会话#1的PDU会话ID。The request message #2 may be a PDU session modification request (PDU session modification request) message, and the request message #2 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
远端UE可以通过UL NAS消息发送请求消息#2。The remote UE can send request message #2 through UL NAS message.
S607,AMF向SMF发送请求消息#2。S607, AMF sends request message #2 to SMF.
AMF可以通过N11消息向SMF发送请求消息#2,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文请求(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request)消息等。The AMF may send the request message #2 to the SMF through the N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message or the like.
S608,SMF根据请求消息#2确定QoS配置信息#2。S608, the SMF determines QoS configuration information #2 according to the request message #2.
SMF根据请求消息#2确定QoS配置信息#2(第二QoS配置信息的一例),该QoS配置信息#2包括QoS流#2(第二QoS流的一例)的QoS参数。The SMF determines QoS configuration information #2 (an example of the second QoS configuration information) according to the request message #2, and the QoS configuration information #2 includes QoS parameters of the QoS flow #2 (an example of the second QoS flow).
此外,SMF记录建立的QoS流#2的路径为非直连路径。In addition, the path of the QoS flow #2 established by the SMF record is an indirect path.
S609,SMF向gNB1发送指示信息#2、QoS配置信息#2和响应消息#2。S609, the SMF sends indication information #2, QoS configuration information #2 and response message #2 to gNB1.
具体地,该响应消息#2用于响应该请求消息#2。Specifically, the response message #2 is used to respond to the request message #2.
该响应消息#2可以是PDU会话修改接收(PDU session modification accept)消息。The response message #2 may be a PDU session modification accept (PDU session modification accept) message.
具体地,SMF可以先向AMF发送N11消息,该N11消息包括N1 SM container和N2 SM container,该N1 SM container包括响应消息#2,该N2 SM container包括指示信息#2和QoS配置信息#2,其中,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文响应(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response)消息。Specifically, the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes an N1 SM container and an N2 SM container, the N1 SM container includes a response message #2, and the N2 SM container includes indication information #2 and QoS configuration information #2, Wherein, the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message.
进一步,AMF将N2 SM container和N1 SM container发送给gNB1。Further, AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
S610,gNB1根据指示信息#2向远端UE发送测量配置信息#1。S610, gNB1 sends measurement configuration information #1 to the remote UE according to indication information #2.
该测量配置信息#1用于指示远端UE上报一个或多个中继UE的PC5强度信号。The measurement configuration information #1 is used to instruct the remote UE to report PC5 strength signals of one or more relay UEs.
S611,远端UE向gNB1发送测量报告#1。S611, the remote UE sends a measurement report #1 to gNB1.
具体地,远端UE测量一个或多个中继UE的PC5信号强度,并向gNB1发送测量报告#1,该测量报告#1包括一个或多个中继UE的ID、小区标识(cell ID)和PC5信号强度。Specifically, the remote UE measures the PC5 signal strength of one or more relay UEs, and sends a measurement report #1 to gNB1, and the measurement report #1 includes IDs and cell IDs of one or more relay UEs and PC5 signal strength.
S612,gNB1确定中继UE1。S612, gNB1 determines the relay UE1.
gNB1根据一个或多个中继UE的PC5信号强度确定中继UE1。The gNB1 determines the relay UE1 according to the PC5 signal strength of one or more relay UEs.
S613,gNB1确定中继UE1的基站。S613, gNB1 determines a base station for relaying UE1.
gNB1根据中继UE1的小区标识确定为中继UE1提供接入服务的基站为gNB1。The gNB1 determines, according to the cell identity of the relay UE1, that the base station providing the access service for the relay UE1 is gNB1.
S614,gNB1向中继UE1发送资源配置信息#2。S614, gNB1 sends resource configuration information #2 to relay UE1.
具体地,gNB1根据QoS配置信息#2确定资源配置信息#2(第五资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#2用于配置中继UE1与gNB1之间的Uu接口(包括中继UE1的 Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层)的空口资源,以及远端UE与中继UE1之间的PC5接口(包括中继UE1的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层)的空口资源。Specifically, gNB1 determines resource configuration information #2 (an example of fifth resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #2, and the resource configuration information #2 is used to configure the Uu interface between relay UE1 and gNB1 (including relay UE1 Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer), and the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, PC5 -PHY layer) air interface resources.
进一步,gNB1向中继UE1发送该资源配置信息#2。例如,通过RRC配置消息向中继UE1发送该资源配置信息#2。Further, gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #2 to the relay UE1. For example, the resource configuration information #2 is sent to the relay UE1 through an RRC configuration message.
S615,gNB1向远端UE发送该资源配置信息#13和响应消息#2。S615, gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #13 and response message #2 to the remote UE.
具体地,gNB1根据QoS配置信息#2确定资源配置信息#13(第二资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#13用于配置远端UE与gNB1之间的Uu接口(包括远端UE的Uu-PDCP层)的空口资源,以及远端UE与中继UE1之间的PC5接口(包括远端UE的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层)的空口资源。Specifically, gNB1 determines resource configuration information #13 (an example of second resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #2, and the resource configuration information #13 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the remote UE The air interface resources of the Uu-PDCP layer) and the air interface resources of the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the remote UE).
gNB1可以向远端UE发送RRC配置消息,该RRC配置消息包括资源配置信息#13和N1 SM container。gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #13 and N1 SM container.
经过S601至S615,在远端UE的直连路径建立了QoS流#1,在远端UE的非直连路径建立了QoS流#2,且该直连路径的基站和非直连路径的基站相同。After S601 to S615, QoS flow #1 is established on the direct path of the remote UE, QoS flow #2 is established on the non-direct path of the remote UE, and the base station of the direct path and the base station of the non-direct path same.
应理解,S610至S612主要适用于远端UE没有连接中继UE的场景,在远端UE没有连接中继UE的情况下,S610至S612可以用于根据一个或多个中继UE的信息确定中继UE1。It should be understood that S610 to S612 are mainly applicable to the scenario where the remote UE is not connected to the relay UE, and in the case that the remote UE is not connected to the relay UE, S610 to S612 can be used to determine based on information of one or more relay UEs Relay UE1.
在另一种实现方式中,在远端UE已经与中继UE1处于连接态的情况下,包括以下替代方案。In another implementation manner, when the remote UE is already in the connected state with the relay UE1, the following alternative solutions are included.
替代方案1,包括S616和S617,用S616和S617替代S610至S612。具体地:Alternative 1, including S616 and S617, replace S610 to S612 with S616 and S617. specifically:
S616,gNB1向远端UE发送RRC消息,该RRC消息用于请求中继UE的信息。S616, gNB1 sends an RRC message to the remote UE, where the RRC message is used to request information of the relay UE.
S617,远端UE向gNB1发送RRC消息,该RRC消息用于响应S616,该RRC消息包括中继UE1的标识和中继UE1的小区标识。S617, the remote UE sends an RRC message to the gNB1, the RRC message is used to respond to S616, and the RRC message includes the identifier of the relay UE1 and the cell identifier of the relay UE1.
替代方案2,删除S610至S612,S606、S607和S609包括UE1的标识和中继UE1的小区标识。具体地: Alternative solution 2, delete S610 to S612, S606, S607 and S609 include the identity of UE1 and the cell identity of the relay UE1. specifically:
S606和S607中包括中继UE1的标识和中继UE1的小区标识,在S609中,SMF通过N2 container将中继UE1的标识和中继UE1的小区标识发送给gNB1。S606 and S607 include the identity of the relay UE1 and the cell identity of the relay UE1. In S609, the SMF sends the identity of the relay UE1 and the cell identity of the relay UE1 to the gNB1 through the N2 container.
替代方案3:删除S610至S612,S606和S609包括中继UE1的标识和中继UE1的小区标识。具体地:Alternative 3: Delete S610 to S612, S606 and S609 include the identity of the relay UE1 and the cell identity of the relay UE1. specifically:
S606中包括中继UE1的标识和中继UE1的小区标识,在S609中,AMF向gNB1发送N2 container时,N2 SM container中包括中继UE1的标识和中继UE1的小区标识。S606 includes the identity of the relay UE1 and the cell identity of the relay UE1. In S609, when the AMF sends the N2 container to the gNB1, the N2 SM container includes the identity of the relay UE1 and the cell identity of the relay UE1.
图7示出了应用本申请的方法600之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 600 of the present application is applied.
其中,UPF是为远端UE提供服务的UPF,AMF是为远端UE提供服务的AMF。图7的(a)是经过S601至S605之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图7的(a)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为直连路径。图7的(b)是经过S606至S615之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图7的(b)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为直连路径和非直连路径。Wherein, the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE, and the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE. (a) of FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S601 to S605. As shown in (a) of FIG. 7 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path. (b) of FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S606 to S615. As shown in (b) of FIG. 7, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path and a non- direct path.
图8是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法800的示意图。方法800可以视为方法500的一种具体实现方式,该方法800可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 800 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 800 may include the following steps.
S801至S812可以参考S601至S612。S801 to S812 may refer to S601 to S612.
S813,gNB1确定中继UE1的基站。S813, gNB1 determines a base station for relaying UE1.
gNB1根据中继UE1的小区标识确定为中继UE1提供接入服务的基站为gNB2。The gNB1 determines, according to the cell identity of the relay UE1, that the base station providing the access service for the relay UE1 is gNB2.
S814,gNB1向gNB2发送添加请求消息#1。S814, gNB1 sends an addition request message #1 to gNB2.
该添加请求消息#1用于请求添加数据通道。The add request message #1 is used to request to add a data channel.
该添加请求消息#1包括UPF的上行隧道地址、远端UE的信息、QoS配置信息#2、中继UE的标识和QoS流#2的QFI。其中,远端UE的信息包括远端UE的标识、远端UE的能力信息、远端UE的安全相关信息、签约信息等。The adding request message #1 includes the uplink tunnel address of the UPF, the information of the remote UE, the QoS configuration information #2, the identifier of the relay UE and the QFI of the QoS flow #2. Wherein, the information of the remote UE includes an identifier of the remote UE, capability information of the remote UE, security-related information of the remote UE, subscription information, and the like.
S815,gNB2向gNB1发送添加响应消息#1。S815, gNB2 sends an addition response message #1 to gNB1.
该添加响应消息#1包括gNB2的下行隧道地址和资源配置信息#3(第六资源配置信息的又一例)和资源配置信息#14(第二资源配置信息的一例)。The addition response message #1 includes the downlink tunnel address of gNB2, resource configuration information #3 (another example of sixth resource configuration information), and resource configuration information #14 (an example of second resource configuration information).
具体地,gNB2根据QoS配置信息#2确定资源配置信息#3,该资源配置信息#3用于配置中继UE1与gNB2之间的Uu接口(包括中继UE1的Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层)的空口资源,以及远端UE与中继UE1之间的PC5接口(包括中继UE1的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层)的空口资源。Specifically, gNB2 determines resource configuration information #3 according to QoS configuration information #2, and the resource configuration information #3 is used to configure the Uu interface between relay UE1 and gNB2 (including Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer of relay UE1 layer, Uu-PHY layer), and the air interface resources of the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the relay UE1).
此外,gNB2还可以根据QoS配置信息#2和远端UE的信息确定资源配置信息#14(第二资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#14用于配置远端UE与gNB2之间的Uu接口(包括远端UE的Uu-PDCP层)的空口资源,以及远端UE与中继UE1之间的PC5接口(包括远端UE的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层)的空口资源。In addition, gNB2 can also determine resource configuration information #14 (an example of second resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #2 and remote UE information, and the resource configuration information #14 is used to configure the remote UE and gNB2 The air interface resources of the Uu interface (including the Uu-PDCP layer of the remote UE), and the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the remote UE ) air interface resources.
S816,gNB1向远端UE发送该资源配置信息#14和响应消息#2。S816, gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #14 and the response message #2 to the remote UE.
gNB1可以向远端UE发送RRC配置消息,该RRC配置消息包括资源配置信息#14和N1 SM container。gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #14 and N1 SM container.
S817,gNB2向中继UE1发送该资源配置信息#3。S817, gNB2 sends the resource configuration information #3 to the relay UE1.
例如,gNB2通过RRC配置消息向中继UE1发送该资源配置信息#3。For example, gNB2 sends the resource configuration information #3 to the relay UE1 through an RRC configuration message.
S818,gNB1向SMF发送gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#2的QFI。S818, gNB1 sends the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #2 to the SMF.
具体地,gNB1可以向AMF发送PDU会话资源修改请求(PDU session resource modify request)消息,该PDU会话资源修改请求消息包括gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#2的QFI。Specifically, gNB1 may send a PDU session resource modify request (PDU session resource modify request) message to the AMF, and the PDU session resource modify request message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #2.
进一步,AMF可以向SMF发送N11消息,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文请求(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request)消息等,该N11消息包括gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#2的QFI。Further, the AMF may send an N11 message to the SMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #2.
S819,SMF给gNB1回复更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。S819, the SMF replies to the gNB1 with the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
具体地,SMF可以向AMF发送N11消息,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文响应(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response)消息等,该N11消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Specifically, the SMF may send an N11 message to the AMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF.
进一步,AMF可以向gNB1发送PDU会话资源修改响应(PDU session resource modify response)消息,该PDU会话资源修改响应消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Further, the AMF may send a PDU session resource modify response (PDU session resource modify response) message to gNB1, where the PDU session resource modify response message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
S820,gNB1将更新的UPF的上行隧道地址发送给gNB2,gNB2回复响应消息。S820, gNB1 sends the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF to gNB2, and gNB2 replies with a response message.
具体地,gNB1可以向gNB2发送修改请求(modify request)消息,该修改请求消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Specifically, gNB1 may send a modify request (modify request) message to gNB2, where the modify request message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
gNB2回复的响应消息可以是修改响应(modify response)消息。The response message returned by gNB2 may be a modify response (modify response) message.
应理解,S818至S820是为QoS流#2建立N3隧道的过程,其中,该N3隧道是建立gNB2和UPF之间的隧道,该N3隧道的上行隧道地址为更新的UPF的上行隧道地址,该N3隧道的下行隧道地址为gNB2的下行隧道地址。It should be understood that S818 to S820 are the process of establishing an N3 tunnel for QoS flow #2, wherein the N3 tunnel is to establish a tunnel between gNB2 and UPF, and the uplink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF. The downlink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the downlink tunnel address of gNB2.
经过S801至S820,在远端UE的直连路径建立了QoS流#1,在远端UE的非直连路径建立了QoS流#2,且该直连路径的基站和非直连路径的基站不同。After S801 to S820, QoS flow #1 is established on the direct path of the remote UE, QoS flow #2 is established on the non-direct path of the remote UE, and the base station of the direct path and the base station of the non-direct path different.
应理解,方法600中的替代方案也适应于方法800。It should be understood that alternatives in method 600 apply to method 800 as well.
图9示出了应用本申请的方法800之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 800 of the present application is applied.
其中,UPF是为远端UE提供服务的UPF,AMF是为远端UE提供服务的AMF。图9的(a)是经过S801至S805之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图9的(a)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为直连路径。图9的(b)是经过S806至S820之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图9的(b)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为直连路径和非直连路径。Wherein, the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE, and the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE. (a) of FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S801 to S805. As shown in (a) of FIG. 9 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path. (b) of FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S806 to S820. As shown in (b) of FIG. 9, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path and a direct path.
图10是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法1000的示意图。方法1000可以视为方法500的一种具体实现方式,该方法1000可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 1000 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 1000 may include the following steps.
S1001,远端UE在非直连路径上向AMF发送请求消息#3。S1001. The remote UE sends a request message #3 to the AMF on the indirect path.
具体地,远端UE中继UE发送请求消息#3(第一请求消息的一例),中继UE向gNB1发送请求消息#3,gNB1向AMF发送请求消息#3。Specifically, the remote UE sends the request message #3 to the relay UE (an example of the first request message), the relay UE sends the request message #3 to the gNB1, and the gNB1 sends the request message #3 to the AMF.
该请求消息#3包括指示信息#3(第一指示信息的一例),该指示信息#3为indirect指示,该indirect指示用于指示在非直连路径上建立QoS流。The request message #3 includes indication information #3 (an example of first indication information), where the indication information #3 is an indirect indication, and the indirect indication is used to instruct to establish a QoS flow on a non-direct path.
该请求消息#3还包括指示信息#4(第四指示信息的一例),该指示信息#4为Multi-Path指示,Multi-Path指示用于指示AMF选择支持多路径通信的SMF。The request message #3 also includes indication information #4 (an example of fourth indication information), where the indication information #4 is a Multi-Path indication, and the Multi-Path indication is used to instruct the AMF to select an SMF supporting multi-path communication.
该请求消息#3可以是PDU会话建立请求(PDU session establish request)消息。The request message #3 may be a PDU session establish request (PDU session establish request) message.
远端UE可以通过UL NAS消息发送请求消息#1。The remote UE can send request message #1 through UL NAS message.
该请求消息#3可以包括PDU会话#1的PDU会话ID。The request message #3 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
该gNB1是为中继UE提供服务的基站。The gNB1 is a base station serving the relay UE.
S1002,AMF向SMF发送请求消息#3。S1002. The AMF sends a request message #3 to the SMF.
AMF根据指示信息#4确定支持多路径的SMF,并向SMF发送请求消息#3。The AMF determines the SMF supporting multipath according to the indication information #4, and sends a request message #3 to the SMF.
AMF可以通过N11消息向SMF发送请求消息#3,该N11消息可以是PDU会话创建上下文请求(Nsmf_PDUsession_createSMcontext request)消息等。The AMF may send a request message #3 to the SMF through the N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session creation context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_createSMcontext request) message or the like.
S1003,SMF根据请求消息#3确定QoS配置信息#3。S1003. The SMF determines QoS configuration information #3 according to the request message #3.
SMF根据请求消息#3确定QoS配置信息#3(第一QoS配置信息的一例),该QoS配置信息#3包括QoS流#3(第一QoS流的一例)的QoS参数。The SMF determines QoS configuration information #3 (an example of the first QoS configuration information) according to the request message #3, and the QoS configuration information #3 includes QoS parameters of the QoS flow #3 (an example of the first QoS flow).
此外,SMF记录建立的QoS流#3的路径为非直连路径。In addition, the path of the QoS flow #3 established by the SMF record is an indirect path.
S1004,SMF向gNB1发送指示信息#3、QoS配置信息#3和响应消息#3。S1004, the SMF sends indication information #3, QoS configuration information #3 and response message #3 to gNB1.
具体地,该响应消息#3用于响应该请求消息#3。Specifically, the response message #3 is used to respond to the request message #3.
该响应消息#3可以是PDU会话建立接收(PDU session establish accept)消息。The response message #3 may be a PDU session establish accept (PDU session establish accept) message.
具体地,SMF可以先向AMF发送N11消息,该N11消息包括N1 SM container和N2 SM container,该N1 SM container包括响应消息#3,该N2 SM container包括指示信息#3 和QoS配置信息#3,其中,该N11消息可以是N1N2消息传递(Namf_communication_N1N2MessageTransfer)消息。Specifically, the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes an N1 SM container and an N2 SM container, the N1 SM container includes a response message #3, and the N2 SM container includes indication information #3 and QoS configuration information #3, Wherein, the N11 message may be a N1N2 message transfer (Namf_communication_N1N2MessageTransfer) message.
进一步,AMF将N2 SM container和N1 SM container发送给gNB1。Further, AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
S1005,gNB1向远端UE发送资源配置信息#4和响应消息#3。S1005, gNB1 sends resource configuration information #4 and response message #3 to the remote UE.
gNB1根据QoS配置信息#3确定资源配置信息#4(第一资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#4用于配置远端UE和中继UE之间的PC5接口(包括远端UE的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层)的空口资源,以及远端UE与gNB1之间的Uu接口(包括远端UE的Uu-PDCP层)的空口资源。gNB1 determines resource configuration information #4 (an example of the first resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #3, and the resource configuration information #4 is used to configure the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, PC5-PHY layer) air interface resources, and the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the Uu-PDCP layer of the remote UE) air interface resources.
此外,gNB1根据QoS配置信息#3确定资源配置信息#15,该资源配置信息#15用于配置中继UE和gNB1之间的PC5接口(包括中继UE1的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层)的空口资源,以及中继UE1与gNB1之间的Uu接口(包括中继UE的Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层)的空口资源。In addition, gNB1 determines resource configuration information #15 according to QoS configuration information #3, and the resource configuration information #15 is used to configure the PC5 interface between the relay UE and gNB1 (including the PC5-RLC layer and PC5-MAC layer of the relay UE1 , PC5-PHY layer), and the air interface resources of the Uu interface between the relay UE1 and gNB1 (including the Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, and Uu-PHY layer of the relay UE).
gNB1向远端UE发送资源配置信息#4和N1 SM container,向中继UE发送资源配置信息#15。gNB1 sends resource configuration information #4 and N1 SM container to the remote UE, and sends resource configuration information #15 to the relay UE.
经过S1001至S1005,在远端UE的非直连路径建立QoS流#3。After S1001 to S1005, QoS flow #3 is established on the indirect path of the remote UE.
应理解,在S1001至S1005的过程中,建立的QoS流可以是一个也可以是多个,方法1000以一个为例进行说明,该一个QoS流为QoS流#3。It should be understood that, in the process from S1001 to S1005, one or more QoS flows may be established, and the method 1000 uses one as an example for illustration, and this one QoS flow is QoS flow #3.
S1006,远端UE在非直连路径上向AMF发送请求消息#4。S1006, the remote UE sends a request message #4 to the AMF on the indirect path.
若远端UE有在直连路径上传输数据的需求,远端UE在非直连路径上向AMF发送请求消息#4。If the remote UE needs to transmit data on the direct path, the remote UE sends a request message #4 to the AMF on the non-direct path.
具体地,远端UE向gNB1发送请求消息#4(第二请求消息的一例),gNB1向AMF发送请求消息#4。Specifically, the remote UE sends a request message #4 (an example of a second request message) to the gNB1, and the gNB1 sends the request message #4 to the AMF.
该请求消息#4包括指示信息#5(第二指示信息的一例),该指示信息#5为direct指示,该direct指示用于指示在直连路径上建立QoS流。The request message #4 includes indication information #5 (an example of second indication information), where the indication information #5 is a direct indication, and the direct indication is used to instruct to establish a QoS flow on the direct path.
该请求消息#4可以是PDU会话修改请求(PDU session modification request)消息,该请求消息#4可以包括PDU会话#1的PDU会话ID。The request message #4 may be a PDU session modification request (PDU session modification request) message, and the request message #4 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
远端UE可以通过UL NAS消息发送请求消息#4。The remote UE can send request message #4 through UL NAS message.
S1007,AMF向SMF发送请求消息#4。S1007, AMF sends request message #4 to SMF.
AMF可以通过N11消息向SMF发送请求消息#4,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文请求(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request)消息等。The AMF may send the request message #4 to the SMF through the N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message or the like.
S1008,SMF根据请求消息#4确定QoS配置信息#4。S1008, the SMF determines QoS configuration information #4 according to the request message #4.
SMF根据请求消息#4确定QoS配置信息#4(第二QoS配置信息的一例),该QoS配置信息#4包括QoS流#4的QoS参数。The SMF determines QoS configuration information #4 (an example of second QoS configuration information) according to the request message #4, and the QoS configuration information #4 includes the QoS parameters of the QoS flow #4.
此外,SMF记录建立的QoS流#4的路径为直连路径。In addition, the path of the QoS flow #4 established by the SMF record is a direct path.
S1009,SMF向gNB1发送指示信息#5、QoS配置信息#4和响应消息#4。S1009, the SMF sends indication information #5, QoS configuration information #4 and response message #4 to gNB1.
具体地,该响应消息#4用于响应该请求消息#4。Specifically, the response message #4 is used to respond to the request message #4.
该响应消息#4可以是PDU会话修改接收(PDU session modification accept)消息。The response message #4 may be a PDU session modification accept (PDU session modification accept) message.
具体地,SMF可以先向AMF发送N11消息,该N11消息包括N1 SM container和N2 SM container,该N1 SM container包括该响应消息#4,该N2 SM container包括指示信息#5 和QoS配置信息#4,其中,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文响应(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response)消息。Specifically, the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes N1 SM container and N2 SM container, the N1 SM container includes the response message #4, and the N2 SM container includes indication information #5 and QoS configuration information #4 , wherein, the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message.
进一步,AMF将N2 SM container和N1 SM container发送给gNB1。Further, AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
S1010,gNB1根据指示信息#5向远端UE发送测量配置信息#2。S1010, gNB1 sends measurement configuration information #2 to the remote UE according to indication information #5.
该测量配置信息#2用于指示远端UE上报可驻留小区。The measurement configuration information #2 is used to instruct the remote UE to report the cell on which it can camp.
S1011,远端UE向gNB1发送测量报告#2。S1011, the remote UE sends measurement report #2 to gNB1.
具体地,远端UE测量可驻留小区以及可驻留小区的信号强度,并向gNB1发送测量报告#2,该测量报告#2包括可驻留小区的小区标识和可驻留小区的小区信号强度。Specifically, the remote UE measures the resident cell and the signal strength of the resident cell, and sends a measurement report #2 to gNB1, the measurement report #2 includes the cell identity of the resident cell and the cell signal of the resident cell strength.
S1012,gNB1确定远端UE的基站。S1012, gNB1 determines the base station of the remote UE.
gNB1根据可驻留小区的小区标识和可驻留小区的小区信号强度确定远端UE的基站为gNB1。gNB1 determines that the base station of the remote UE is gNB1 according to the cell identity of the cell that can camp on and the cell signal strength of the cell that can camp on.
S1013,gNB1向远端UE发送资源配置信息#5和响应消息#4。S1013, gNB1 sends resource configuration information #5 and response message #4 to the remote UE.
具体地,gNB1根据QoS配置信息#4确定资源配置信息#5(第二资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#5用于配置远端UE与gNB1之间的Uu接口(包括远端UE的Uu-PDCP层、Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层)的空口资源。Specifically, gNB1 determines resource configuration information #5 (an example of second resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #4, and the resource configuration information #5 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the remote UE Uu-PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer) air interface resources.
gNB1可以向远端UE发送RRC配置消息,该RRC配置消息包括资源配置信息#5和N1 SM container。gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #5 and N1 SM container.
在另一种实现方式中,在远端UE已经与某个gNB建立连接的情况下,包括以下替代方案。In another implementation manner, when the remote UE has established a connection with a certain gNB, the following alternative solutions are included.
替代方案1,包括S1014和S1016,用S1014和S1015替代S1010至S1012。具体地:Alternative 1, including S1014 and S1016, replace S1010 to S1012 with S1014 and S1015. specifically:
S1014,gNB1向远端UE发送RRC消息,该RRC消息用于请求远端UE的信息。S1014, gNB1 sends an RRC message to the remote UE, where the RRC message is used to request information of the remote UE.
S1015,远端UE向gNB1发送RRC消息,该RRC消息用于响应S1014,该RRC消息包括远端UE的小区标识.S1015, the remote UE sends an RRC message to gNB1, the RRC message is used to respond to S1014, and the RRC message includes the cell identity of the remote UE.
S1016,gNB1根据该远端UE的小区标识确定该远端UE所连接的gNB为gNB1。S1016, gNB1 determines that the gNB connected to the remote UE is gNB1 according to the cell identity of the remote UE.
替代方案2,删除S1010至S1012,S1006、S1007和S1009包括远端UE的小区标识。具体地:Alternative 2, delete S1010 to S1012, S1006, S1007 and S1009 include the cell identity of the remote UE. specifically:
S1006和S1007中包括远端UE的小区标识,在S1009中,SMF通过N2 container将远端UE的小区标识发送给gNB1。S1006 and S1007 include the cell identity of the remote UE, and in S1009, the SMF sends the cell identity of the remote UE to gNB1 through the N2 container.
替代方案2还包括上述S1016。Alternative 2 also includes the above S1016.
替代方案3:删除S1010至S1012,S1006和S1009包括远端UE的小区标识。具体地:Alternative 3: Delete S1010 to S1012, S1006 and S1009 include the cell identity of the remote UE. specifically:
S1006中包括远端UE的小区标识,在S1009中,AMF向gNB1发送N2 container时,N2 SM container中包括远端UE的小区标识。S1006 includes the cell identity of the remote UE, and in S1009, when the AMF sends the N2 container to gNB1, the N2 SM container includes the cell identity of the remote UE.
替代方案3还包括上述S1016。Alternative solution 3 also includes the above S1016.
经过S1001至S1013,在远端UE的非直连路径建立了QoS流#3,在远端UE的直连路径建立了QoS流#4,且该直连路径的基站和非直连路径的基站相同。After S1001 to S1013, QoS flow #3 is established on the non-direct path of the remote UE, QoS flow #4 is established on the direct path of the remote UE, and the base station of the direct path and the base station of the non-direct path same.
图11示出了应用本申请的方法1000之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1000 of the present application is applied.
其中,UPF是为远端UE提供服务的UPF,AMF是为远端UE提供服务的AMF。图11的(a)是经过S1001至S1005之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图11的 (a)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为非直连路径。图11的(b)是经过S1006至S1013之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图11的(b)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为非直连路径和直连路径。Wherein, the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE, and the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE. (a) of FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1001 to S1005. As shown in (a) of FIG. 11 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path. (b) of FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1006 to S1013. As shown in (b) of FIG. 11 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path and direct path.
图12是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法1200的示意图。方法1200可以视为方法500的一种具体实现方式,该方法1200可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 1200 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 1200 may include the following steps.
S1201至S1211可以参考S1001至S1011。For S1201 to S1211, refer to S1001 to S1011.
S1212,gNB1确定远端UE的基站。S1212, gNB1 determines the base station of the remote UE.
gNB1根据可驻留小区的小区标识和可驻留小区的小区信号强度确定远端UE的基站为gNB2。gNB1 determines that the base station of the remote UE is gNB2 according to the cell identity of the cell that can camp on and the cell signal strength of the cell that can camp on.
S1213,gNB1向gNB2发送添加请求消息#2。S1213, gNB1 sends an addition request message #2 to gNB2.
该添加请求消息#2用于请求添加数据通道。The add request message #2 is used to request to add a data channel.
该添加请求消息#2包括UPF的上行隧道地址、远端UE的信息、QoS配置信息#4和QoS流#4的QFI。其中,远端UE的信息包括远端UE的安全相关信息、签约信息等。The adding request message #2 includes the uplink tunnel address of the UPF, information of the remote UE, QoS configuration information #4 and QFI of the QoS flow #4. Wherein, the information of the remote UE includes security-related information and subscription information of the remote UE.
S1214,gNB2向gNB1发送添加响应消息#2。S1214, gNB2 sends an addition response message #2 to gNB1.
该添加响应消息#2包括gNB2的下行隧道地址和资源配置信息#6(第二资源配置信息的又一例)。The addition response message #2 includes the downlink tunnel address of gNB2 and resource configuration information #6 (another example of the second resource configuration information).
具体地,gNB2根据QoS配置信息#4确定资源配置信息#6,该资源配置信息#6用于配置远端UE与gNB2之间的Uu接口(包括远端UE的Uu-PDCP层、Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层)的空口资源。Specifically, gNB2 determines resource configuration information #6 according to QoS configuration information #4, and the resource configuration information #6 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB2 (including the Uu-PDCP layer of the remote UE, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer) air interface resources.
S1215,gNB1向远端UE发送该资源配置信息#6和响应消息#4。S1215, gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #6 and response message #4 to the remote UE.
gNB1可以向远端UE发送RRC配置消息,该RRC配置消息包括资源配置信息#6和N1 SM container。gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #6 and N1 SM container.
S1216,gNB1向SMF发送gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#4的QFI。S1216, gNB1 sends the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #4 to the SMF.
具体地,gNB1可以向AMF发送PDU会话资源修改请求(PDU session resource modify request)消息,该PDU会话资源修改请求消息包括gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#4的QFI。Specifically, gNB1 may send a PDU session resource modify request (PDU session resource modify request) message to AMF, and the PDU session resource modify request message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #4.
进一步,AMF可以向SMF发送N11消息,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文请求(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request)消息等,该N11消息包括gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#4的QFI。Further, the AMF may send an N11 message to the SMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #4.
S1217,SMF给gNB1回复更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。S1217, the SMF replies to the gNB1 with the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
具体地,SMF可以向AMF发送N11消息,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文响应(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response)消息等,该N11消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Specifically, the SMF may send an N11 message to the AMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF.
进一步,AMF可以向gNB1发送PDU会话资源修改响应(PDU session resource modify response)消息,该PDU会话资源修改响应消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Further, the AMF may send a PDU session resource modify response (PDU session resource modify response) message to gNB1, where the PDU session resource modify response message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
S1218,gNB1将更新的UPF的上行隧道地址发送给gNB2,gNB2回复响应消息。S1218, gNB1 sends the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF to gNB2, and gNB2 replies with a response message.
具体地,gNB1可以向gNB2发送修改请求(modify request)消息,该修改请求消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Specifically, gNB1 may send a modify request (modify request) message to gNB2, where the modify request message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
gNB2回复的响应消息可以是修改响应(modify response)消息。The response message returned by gNB2 may be a modify response (modify response) message.
应理解,S1216至S1218是为QoS流#4建立N3隧道的过程,其中,该N3隧道是建立gNB2和UPF之间的隧道,该N3隧道的上行隧道地址为更新的UPF的上行隧道地址,该N3隧道的下行隧道地址为gNB2的下行隧道地址。It should be understood that S1216 to S1218 are the process of establishing an N3 tunnel for QoS flow #4, wherein the N3 tunnel is to establish a tunnel between gNB2 and UPF, and the uplink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF. The downlink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the downlink tunnel address of gNB2.
经过S1201至S1218,在远端UE的非直连路径建立了QoS流#3,在远端UE的直连路径建立了QoS流#4,且该直连路径的基站和非直连路径的基站不同。After S1201 to S1218, QoS flow #3 is established on the non-direct path of the remote UE, QoS flow #4 is established on the direct path of the remote UE, and the base station of the direct path and the base station of the non-direct path different.
应理解,方法1000中的替代方案也适应于方法1200。It should be understood that alternatives in method 1000 apply to method 1200 as well.
图13示出了应用本申请的方法1200之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 13 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1200 of the present application is applied.
其中,UPF是为远端UE提供服务的UPF,AMF是为远端UE提供服务的AMF。图13的(a)是经过S1201至S1205之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图13的(a)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为非直连路径。图13的(b)是经过S1206至S1218之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图13的(b)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为非直连路径和直连路径。Wherein, the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE, and the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE. (a) of FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1201 to S1205. As shown in (a) of FIG. 13 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path. (b) of FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1206 to S1218. As shown in (b) of FIG. 13, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path and direct path.
图14是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法1400的示意图。方法1400可以视为方法500的一种具体实现方式,该方法1400可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 1400 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 1400 may include the following steps.
S1401至S1405可以参考S601至S605,方法1400以在远端UE的直连路径建立两个QoS流,即QoS流#1和QoS流#5(第一QoS流的两例)为例进行说明。S1401 to S1405 can refer to S601 to S605. The method 1400 is described by taking the establishment of two QoS flows on the direct path of the remote UE, that is, QoS flow #1 and QoS flow #5 (two examples of the first QoS flow) as an example.
S1406,远端UE在直连路径上向AMF发送请求消息#5。S1406, the remote UE sends a request message #5 to the AMF on the direct path.
若远端UE有在非直连路径上传输数据的需求,远端UE在直连路径上向AMF发送请求消息#5(第三请求消息的一例)。If the remote UE needs to transmit data on the non-direct path, the remote UE sends a request message #5 (an example of the third request message) to the AMF on the direct path.
具体地,远端UE向gNB1发送请求消息#5,gNB1向AMF发送请求消息#5。Specifically, the remote UE sends request message #5 to gNB1, and gNB1 sends request message #5 to AMF.
该请求消息#5包括指示信息#6(第三指示信息的一例)和QoS流#5(第三QoS流的一例)的QFI,该指示信息#6为“transfer to indirect(转移至非直连)指示”,该“transfer to indirect(转移至非直连)指示”用于指示将QoS流#5转移至非直连路径。The request message #5 includes indication information #6 (an example of the third indication information) and the QFI of the QoS flow #5 (an example of the third QoS flow), and the indication information #6 is "transfer to indirect (transferred to non-direct connection) ) indication", the "transfer to indirect (transfer to non-direct connection) indication" is used to indicate that the QoS flow #5 is transferred to the non-direct connection path.
该请求消息#5可以是PDU会话修改请求(PDU session modification request)消息,该请求消息#5可以包括PDU会话#1的PDU会话ID。The request message #5 may be a PDU session modification request (PDU session modification request) message, and the request message #5 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
远端UE可以通过UL NAS消息发送请求消息#5。The remote UE can send request message #5 through UL NAS message.
S1407,AMF向SMF发送请求消息#5。S1407. The AMF sends a request message #5 to the SMF.
AMF可以通过N11消息向SMF发送请求消息#5,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文请求(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request)消息等。The AMF may send a request message #5 to the SMF through the N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message or the like.
S1408,SMF根据请求消息#5确定QoS配置信息#5。S1408. The SMF determines QoS configuration information #5 according to the request message #5.
SMF根据请求消息#5确定QoS配置信息#5(第三QoS配置信息的一例),该QoS配置信息#5包括QoS流#5的QoS参数。The SMF determines QoS configuration information #5 (an example of the third QoS configuration information) according to the request message #5, and the QoS configuration information #5 includes the QoS parameters of the QoS flow #5.
此外,SMF记录QoS流#5转移后的路径为非直连路径。In addition, the path after the transfer of QoS flow #5 is recorded by the SMF as an indirect path.
S1409,SMF向gNB1发送指示信息#6、QoS流#5的QFI、QoS配置信息#5和响应消息#5。S1409, the SMF sends the indication information #6, the QFI of the QoS flow #5, the QoS configuration information #5 and the response message #5 to the gNB1.
具体地,该响应消息#5用于响应该请求消息#5。Specifically, the response message #5 is used to respond to the request message #5.
该响应消息#5可以是PDU会话修改接收(PDU session modification accept)消息。The response message #5 may be a PDU session modification accept (PDU session modification accept) message.
具体地,SMF可以先向AMF发送N11消息,该N11消息包括N1 SM container和N2 SM container,该N1 SM container包括响应消息#5,该N2 SM container包括指示信息#6、 QoS流#5的QFI和QoS配置信息#5,其中,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文响应(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response)消息。Specifically, the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes an N1 SM container and an N2 SM container, the N1 SM container includes a response message #5, and the N2 SM container includes the QFI indicating information #6 and QoS flow #5 and QoS configuration information #5, wherein the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message.
进一步,AMF将N2 SM container和N1 SM container发送给gNB1。Further, AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
S1410,gNB1根据指示信息#6向远端UE发送测量配置信息#3。S1410, gNB1 sends measurement configuration information #3 to the remote UE according to indication information #6.
该测量配置信息#3用于指示远端UE上报一个或多个中继UE的PC5强度信号。The measurement configuration information #3 is used to instruct the remote UE to report the PC5 strength signals of one or more relay UEs.
S1411,远端UE向gNB1发送测量报告#3。S1411, the remote UE sends measurement report #3 to gNB1.
具体地,远端UE测量一个或多个中继UE的PC5信号强度,并向gNB1发送测量报告#3,该测量报告#3包括一个或多个中继UE的ID、小区标识(cell ID)和PC5信号强度。Specifically, the remote UE measures the PC5 signal strength of one or more relay UEs, and sends a measurement report #3 to gNB1, and the measurement report #3 includes IDs and cell IDs of one or more relay UEs and PC5 signal strength.
S1412,gNB1确定中继UE1。S1412, gNB1 determines to relay UE1.
gNB1根据一个或多个中继UE的PC5信号强度确定中继UE1。The gNB1 determines the relay UE1 according to the PC5 signal strength of one or more relay UEs.
S1413,gNB1确定中继UE1的基站。S1413, gNB1 determines the base station for relaying UE1.
gNB1根据中继UE1的小区标识确定为中继UE1提供接入服务的基站为gNB1。The gNB1 determines, according to the cell identity of the relay UE1, that the base station providing the access service for the relay UE1 is gNB1.
S1414,gNB1向中继UE1发送资源配置信息#7。S1414, gNB1 sends resource configuration information #7 to relay UE1.
具体地,gNB1根据QoS配置信息#5确定资源配置信息#7(第六资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#7用于配置中继UE1与gNB1之间的Uu接口(包括中继UE1的Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层)的空口资源,以及远端UE与中继UE1之间的PC5接口(包括中继UE1的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层)的空口资源。Specifically, gNB1 determines resource configuration information #7 (an example of sixth resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #5, and the resource configuration information #7 is used to configure the Uu interface between relay UE1 and gNB1 (including relay UE1 Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer), and the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, PC5 -PHY layer) air interface resources.
进一步,gNB1向中继UE1发送该资源配置信息#7。例如,通过RRC配置消息向中继UE1发送该资源配置信息#7。Further, gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #7 to the relay UE1. For example, the resource configuration information #7 is sent to the relay UE1 through an RRC configuration message.
S1415,gNB1向远端UE发送该资源配置信息#16、资源配置信息#8和响应消息#5。S1415, gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #16, resource configuration information #8 and response message #5 to the remote UE.
具体地,gNB1根据QoS配置信息#5确定资源配置信息#16(第三资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#16用于配置远端UE与gNB1之间的Uu接口(包括远端UE的Uu-PDCP层)的空口资源,以及远端UE与中继UE1之间的PC5接口(包括远端UE的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层)的空口资源。Specifically, gNB1 determines resource configuration information #16 (an example of the third resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #5, and the resource configuration information #16 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the remote UE The air interface resources of the Uu-PDCP layer) and the air interface resources of the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the remote UE).
gNB1可以向远端UE发送RRC配置消息,该RRC配置消息包括资源配置信息#16和N1 SM container。gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #16 and N1 SM container.
此外,gNB1根据指示信息#6和QoS流#5的QFI向远端UE发送资源配置信息#8(第三资源配置信息的一例,也是第四资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#8用于配置远端UE删除QoS流#5在直连路径上的空口资源。In addition, gNB1 sends resource configuration information #8 (an example of the third resource configuration information and an example of the fourth resource configuration information) to the remote UE according to the indication information #6 and the QFI of the QoS flow #5. The resource configuration information #8 It is used to configure the remote UE to delete the air interface resources of QoS flow #5 on the direct path.
经过S1401至S1415,远端UE的直连路径的QoS流#5转移至非直连路径,且该直连路径的基站和非直连路径的基站相同。After S1401 to S1415, the QoS flow #5 of the direct path of the remote UE is transferred to the non-direct path, and the base station of the direct path is the same as the base station of the non-direct path.
应理解,方法600中的替代方案也适应于方法1400。It should be understood that alternatives in method 600 apply to method 1400 as well.
方法1400和方法600的区别主要在于:指示信息#6和指示信息#2所指示的内容不同,且方法1400在对QoS流#5的非直连路径进行配置的同时,还会删除QoS流#5在直连路径的空口资源。The difference between method 1400 and method 600 mainly lies in: the contents indicated by the indication information #6 and indication information #2 are different, and the method 1400 will also delete the QoS flow #5 while configuring the indirect path of the QoS flow #5 5 Air interface resources on the direct path.
图15示出了应用本申请的方法1400之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 15 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1400 of the present application is applied.
其中,UPF是为远端UE提供服务的UPF,AMF是为远端UE提供服务的AMF。图15的(a)是经过S1401至S1405之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图15的 (a)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为直连路径。图15的(b)是经过S1406至S1415之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图15的(b)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为直连路径和非直连路径。Wherein, the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE, and the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE. (a) of FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1401 to S1405. As shown in (a) of FIG. 15 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path. (b) of FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1406 to S1415. As shown in (b) of FIG. 15, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path and a direct path.
图16是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法1600的示意图。方法1600可以视为方法500的一种具体实现方式,该方法1600可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 1600 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 1600 may include the following steps.
S1601至S1612可以参考S1401至S1412。S1601 to S1612 may refer to S1401 to S1412.
S1613,gNB1确定中继UE1的基站。S1613, gNB1 determines the base station for relaying UE1.
gNB1根据中继UE1的小区标识确定为中继UE1提供接入服务的基站为gNB2。The gNB1 determines, according to the cell identity of the relay UE1, that the base station providing the access service for the relay UE1 is gNB2.
S1614,gNB1向gNB2发送添加请求消息#3。S1614, gNB1 sends an addition request message #3 to gNB2.
该添加请求消息#3用于请求添加数据通道。The add request message #3 is used to request to add a data channel.
该添加请求消息#3包括UPF的上行隧道地址、远端UE的信息、QoS配置信息#5、中继UE的标识和QoS流#5的QFI。其中,远端UE的信息包括远端UE的标识、远端UE的能力信息、远端UE的安全相关信息、签约信息等。The adding request message #3 includes the uplink tunnel address of the UPF, the information of the remote UE, the QoS configuration information #5, the identifier of the relay UE and the QFI of the QoS flow #5. Wherein, the information of the remote UE includes an identifier of the remote UE, capability information of the remote UE, security-related information of the remote UE, subscription information, and the like.
S1615,gNB2向gNB1发送添加响应消息#3。S1615, gNB2 sends an addition response message #3 to gNB1.
该添加响应消息#3包括gNB2的下行隧道地址和资源配置信息#9(第六资源配置信息的又一例)和资源配置信息#17(第三资源配置信息的一例)。The addition response message #3 includes the downlink tunnel address of gNB2, resource configuration information #9 (another example of sixth resource configuration information) and resource configuration information #17 (an example of third resource configuration information).
具体地,gNB2根据QoS配置信息#5确定资源配置信息#9,该资源配置信息#9用于配置中继UE1与gNB2之间的Uu接口(包括中继UE1的Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层)的空口资源,以及远端UE与中继UE1之间的PC5接口(包括中继UE1的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层)的空口资源。Specifically, gNB2 determines resource configuration information #9 according to QoS configuration information #5, and the resource configuration information #9 is used to configure the Uu interface between relay UE1 and gNB2 (including the Uu-RLC layer of relay UE1, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer), and the air interface resources of the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the relay UE1).
此外,gNB2还可以根据QoS配置信息#5和远端UE的信息确定资源配置信息#17(第三资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#17用于配置远端UE与gNB2之间的Uu接口(包括远端UE的Uu-PDCP层)的空口资源,以及远端UE与中继UE1之间的PC5接口(包括远端UE的PC5-RLC层、PC5-MAC层、PC5-PHY层)的空口资源。In addition, gNB2 can also determine resource configuration information #17 (an example of the third resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #5 and remote UE information, and the resource configuration information #17 is used to configure the remote UE and gNB2 The air interface resources of the Uu interface (including the Uu-PDCP layer of the remote UE), and the PC5 interface between the remote UE and the relay UE1 (including the PC5-RLC layer, PC5-MAC layer, and PC5-PHY layer of the remote UE ) air interface resource.
S1616,gNB1向远端UE发送该资源配置信息#17、资源配置信息#8和响应消息#5。S1616, gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #17, resource configuration information #8 and response message #5 to the remote UE.
gNB1可以向远端UE发送RRC配置消息,该RRC配置消息包括资源配置信息#17和N1 SM container。gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #17 and N1 SM container.
此外,gNB1根据指示信息#6和QoS流#5的QFI向远端UE发送资源配置信息#8(第三资源配置信息的一例,也是第四资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#8用于配置远端UE删除QoS流#5在直连路径上的空口资源。In addition, gNB1 sends resource configuration information #8 (an example of the third resource configuration information and an example of the fourth resource configuration information) to the remote UE according to the indication information #6 and the QFI of the QoS flow #5. The resource configuration information #8 It is used to configure the remote UE to delete the air interface resources of QoS flow #5 on the direct path.
S1617,gNB2向中继UE1发送该资源配置信息#9。S1617, gNB2 sends the resource configuration information #9 to the relay UE1.
例如,gNB2通过RRC配置消息向中继UE1发送该资源配置信息#9。For example, gNB2 sends the resource configuration information #9 to relay UE1 through an RRC configuration message.
S1618,gNB1向SMF发送gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#5的QFI。S1618, gNB1 sends the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #5 to the SMF.
具体地,gNB1可以向AMF发送PDU会话资源修改请求(PDU session resource modify request)消息,该PDU会话资源修改请求消息包括gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#5的QFI。Specifically, gNB1 may send a PDU session resource modify request (PDU session resource modify request) message to the AMF, and the PDU session resource modify request message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #5.
进一步,AMF可以向SMF发送N11消息,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文请求(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request)消息等,该N11消息包括gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#5的QFI。Further, the AMF may send an N11 message to the SMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #5.
S1619,SMF给gNB1回复更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。S1619, the SMF replies to the gNB1 with the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
具体地,SMF可以向AMF发送N11消息,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文响应(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response)消息等,该N11消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Specifically, the SMF may send an N11 message to the AMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF.
进一步,AMF可以向gNB1发送PDU会话资源修改响应(PDU session resource modify response)消息,该PDU会话资源修改响应消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Further, the AMF may send a PDU session resource modify response (PDU session resource modify response) message to gNB1, where the PDU session resource modify response message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
S1620,gNB1将更新的UPF的上行隧道地址发送给gNB2,gNB2回复响应消息。S1620, gNB1 sends the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF to gNB2, and gNB2 replies with a response message.
具体地,gNB1可以向gNB2发送修改请求(modify request)消息,该修改请求消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Specifically, gNB1 may send a modify request (modify request) message to gNB2, where the modify request message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
gNB2回复的响应消息可以是修改响应(modify response)消息。The response message returned by gNB2 may be a modify response (modify response) message.
应理解,S1618至S1620是为QoS流#5更新N3隧道的过程,其中,更新后的N3隧道是gNB2和UPF之间的隧道,该N3隧道的上行隧道地址为更新的UPF的上行隧道地址,该N3隧道的下行隧道地址为gNB2的下行隧道地址。It should be understood that S1618 to S1620 are the process of updating the N3 tunnel for QoS flow #5, wherein the updated N3 tunnel is a tunnel between gNB2 and UPF, and the uplink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF, The downlink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the downlink tunnel address of gNB2.
经过S1601至S1620,远端UE的直连路径的QoS流#5转移至非直连路径,且该直连路径的基站和非直连路径的基站不同。After S1601 to S1620, the QoS flow #5 of the direct path of the remote UE is transferred to the non-direct path, and the base station of the direct path is different from the base station of the non-direct path.
应理解,方法600中的替代方案也适应于方法1600。It should be understood that alternatives in method 600 apply to method 1600 as well.
图17示出了应用本申请的方法1600之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 17 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 1600 of the present application is applied.
其中,UPF是为远端UE提供服务的UPF,AMF是为远端UE提供服务的AMF。图17的(a)是经过S1601至S1605之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图17的(a)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为直连路径。图17的(b)是经过S1606至S1620之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图17的(b)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为直连路径和非直连路径。Wherein, the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE, and the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE. (a) of FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1601 to S1605. As shown in (a) of FIG. 17 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path. (b) of FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1606 to S1620. As shown in (b) of FIG. 17, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is a direct path and a non- direct path.
图18是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法1800的示意图。方法1800可以视为方法500的一种具体实现方式,该方法1800可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 1800 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 1800 may include the following steps.
S1801至S1805可以参考S1001至S1005,方法1800以在远端UE的非直连路径建立两个QoS流,即QoS流#3和QoS流#6(第一QoS流的两例)为例进行说明。For S1801 to S1805, please refer to S1001 to S1005. The method 1800 is described by taking the establishment of two QoS flows on the indirect path of the remote UE, that is, QoS flow #3 and QoS flow #6 (two examples of the first QoS flow) .
S1806,远端UE在非直连路径上向AMF发送请求消息#6。S1806, the remote UE sends a request message #6 to the AMF on the indirect path.
若远端UE有在直连路径上传输数据的需求,远端UE在非直连路径上向AMF发送请求消息#6(第三请求消息的一例)。If the remote UE needs to transmit data on the direct path, the remote UE sends a request message #6 (an example of the third request message) to the AMF on the non-direct path.
具体地,远端UE向gNB1发送请求消息#6,gNB1向AMF发送请求消息#6。Specifically, the remote UE sends request message #6 to gNB1, and gNB1 sends request message #6 to AMF.
该请求消息#6包括指示信息#7(第三指示信息的一例)和QoS流#6(第三QoS流的一例)的QFI,该指示信息#7为“transfer(转移)+direct(直连)指示”,该“transfer(转移)+direct(直连)指示”用于指示将QoS流#6转移至直连路径。The request message #6 includes indication information #7 (an example of the third indication information) and the QFI of the QoS flow #6 (an example of the third QoS flow), and the indication information #7 is "transfer (transfer)+direct (direct connection) ) indication", the "transfer (transfer)+direct (direct connection) indication" is used to indicate to transfer the QoS flow #6 to the direct path.
该请求消息#6可以是PDU会话修改请求(PDU session modification request)消息,该请求消息#6可以包括PDU会话#1的PDU会话ID。The request message #6 may be a PDU session modification request (PDU session modification request) message, and the request message #6 may include the PDU session ID of the PDU session #1.
远端UE可以通过UL NAS消息发送请求消息#6。The remote UE can send request message #6 through UL NAS message.
S1807,AMF向SMF发送请求消息#6。S1807. The AMF sends a request message #6 to the SMF.
AMF可以通过N11消息向SMF发送请求消息#6,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文请求(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request)消息等。The AMF may send the request message #6 to the SMF through the N11 message, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message or the like.
S1808,SMF根据请求消息#6确定QoS配置信息#6。S1808. The SMF determines QoS configuration information #6 according to the request message #6.
SMF根据请求消息#6确定QoS配置信息#6(第三QoS配置信息的一例),该QoS配置信息#6包括QoS流#6的QoS参数。The SMF determines QoS configuration information #6 (an example of the third QoS configuration information) according to the request message #6, and the QoS configuration information #6 includes the QoS parameters of the QoS flow #6.
此外,SMF记录QoS流#6转移后的路径为直连路径。In addition, the path after the transfer of QoS flow #6 is recorded by the SMF as a direct path.
S1809,SMF向gNB1发送指示信息#7、QoS流#6的QFI、QoS配置信息#6和响应消息#6。S1809, the SMF sends the indication information #7, the QFI of the QoS flow #6, the QoS configuration information #6 and the response message #6 to the gNB1.
具体地,该响应消息#6用于响应该请求消息#6。Specifically, the response message #6 is used to respond to the request message #6.
该响应消息#6可以是PDU会话修改接收(PDU session modification accept)消息。The response message #6 may be a PDU session modification accept (PDU session modification accept) message.
具体地,SMF可以先向AMF发送N11消息,该N11消息包括N1 SM container和N2 SM container,该N1 SM container包括该响应消息#6,该N2 SM container包括指示信息#7、QoS流#6的QFI和QoS配置信息#6,其中,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文响应(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response)消息。Specifically, the SMF may first send an N11 message to the AMF, the N11 message includes the N1 SM container and the N2 SM container, the N1 SM container includes the response message #6, and the N2 SM container includes the indication information #7 and the QoS flow #6 QFI and QoS configuration information #6, wherein the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message.
进一步,AMF将N2 SM container和N1 SM container发送给gNB1。Further, AMF sends N2 SM container and N1 SM container to gNB1.
S1810,gNB1根据指示信息#7向远端UE发送测量配置信息#4。S1810, gNB1 sends measurement configuration information #4 to the remote UE according to indication information #7.
该测量配置信息#4用于指示远端UE上报可驻留小区。The measurement configuration information #4 is used to instruct the remote UE to report the cell on which it can camp.
S1811,远端UE向gNB1发送测量报告#4。S1811, the remote UE sends measurement report #4 to gNB1.
具体地,远端UE测量可驻留小区以及可驻留小区的信号强度,并向gNB1发送测量报告#4,该测量报告#4包括可驻留小区的小区标识和可驻留小区的小区信号强度。Specifically, the remote UE measures the resident cell and the signal strength of the resident cell, and sends a measurement report #4 to gNB1, the measurement report #4 includes the cell identity of the resident cell and the cell signal of the resident cell strength.
S1812,gNB1确定远端UE的基站。S1812, gNB1 determines the base station of the remote UE.
gNB1根据可驻留小区的小区标识和可驻留小区的小区信号强度确定远端UE的基站为gNB1。gNB1 determines that the base station of the remote UE is gNB1 according to the cell identity of the cell that can camp on and the cell signal strength of the cell that can camp on.
S1813,gNB1向远端UE发送资源配置信息#10、资源配置信息#11和响应消息#6。S1813, gNB1 sends resource configuration information #10, resource configuration information #11 and response message #6 to the remote UE.
具体地,gNB1根据QoS配置信息#6确定资源配置信息#10(第三资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#10用于配置远端UE与gNB1之间的Uu接口(包括远端UE的Uu-PDCP层、Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层)的空口资源。Specifically, gNB1 determines resource configuration information #10 (an example of the third resource configuration information) according to QoS configuration information #6, and the resource configuration information #10 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB1 (including the remote UE Uu-PDCP layer, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer) air interface resources.
gNB1可以向远端UE发送RRC配置消息,该RRC配置消息包括资源配置信息#10和N1 SM container。gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #10 and N1 SM container.
此外,gNB1根据指示信息#7和QoS流#6的QFI向远端UE发送资源配置信息#11(第三资源配置信息的一例,也是第四资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#11用于配置远端UE删除QoS流#6在非直连路径上的空口资源。In addition, gNB1 sends resource configuration information #11 (an example of the third resource configuration information and an example of the fourth resource configuration information) to the remote UE according to the indication information #7 and the QFI of the QoS flow #6. The resource configuration information #11 It is used to configure the remote UE to delete the air interface resource of QoS flow #6 on the indirect path.
经过S1801至S1813,远端UE的非直连路径的QoS流#6转移至直连路径,且该直连路径的基站和非直连路径的基站相同。After S1801 to S1813, the QoS flow #6 of the non-direct path of the remote UE is transferred to the direct path, and the base station of the direct path is the same as the base station of the non-direct path.
应理解,方法1000中的替代方案也适应于方法1800。It should be understood that alternatives in method 1000 apply to method 1800 as well.
图19示出了应用本申请的方法1800之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 19 shows a schematic diagram of changes in a data transmission path of a remote UE after the method 1800 of the present application is applied.
其中,UPF是为远端UE提供服务的UPF,AMF是为远端UE提供服务的AMF。图19的(a)是经过S1801至S1805之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图19的(a)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为非直连路径。图19的(b)是经过S1806至S1813之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图19的(b)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为非直连路径和直连路径。Wherein, the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE, and the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE. (a) of FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1801 to S1805. As shown in (a) of FIG. 19 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path. (b) of FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S1806 to S1813. As shown in (b) of FIG. 19, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path and direct path.
图20是本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的方法2000的示意图。方法2000可以视为方法500的一种具体实现方式,该方法2000可以包括如下步骤。FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a data transmission method 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method 2000 may be regarded as a specific implementation manner of the method 500, and the method 2000 may include the following steps.
S2001至S2011可以参考S1801至S1811。S2001 to S2011 may refer to S1801 to S1811.
S2012,gNB1确定远端UE的基站。S2012, gNB1 determines the base station of the remote UE.
gNB1根据可驻留小区的小区标识和可驻留小区的小区信号强度确定远端UE的基站为gNB2。gNB1 determines that the base station of the remote UE is gNB2 according to the cell identity of the cell that can camp on and the cell signal strength of the cell that can camp on.
S2013,gNB1向gNB2发送添加请求消息#4。S2013, gNB1 sends an addition request message #4 to gNB2.
该添加请求消息#4用于请求添加数据通道。The add request message #4 is used to request to add a data channel.
该添加请求消息#4包括UPF的上行隧道地址、远端UE的信息、QoS配置信息#6和QoS流#6的QFI。其中,远端UE的信息包括远端UE的安全相关信息、签约信息等。The adding request message #4 includes the uplink tunnel address of the UPF, the information of the remote UE, the QoS configuration information #6 and the QFI of the QoS flow #6. Wherein, the information of the remote UE includes security-related information and subscription information of the remote UE.
S2014,gNB2向gNB1发送添加响应消息#4。S2014, gNB2 sends an addition response message #4 to gNB1.
该添加响应消息#6包括gNB2的下行隧道地址和资源配置信息#12(第三资源配置信息的又一例)。The addition response message #6 includes the downlink tunnel address of gNB2 and resource configuration information #12 (another example of the third resource configuration information).
具体地,gNB2根据QoS配置信息#6确定资源配置信息#12,该资源配置信息#12用于配置远端UE与gNB2之间的Uu接口(包括远端UE的Uu-PDCP层、Uu-RLC层、Uu-MAC层、Uu-PHY层)的空口资源。Specifically, gNB2 determines resource configuration information #12 according to QoS configuration information #6, and the resource configuration information #12 is used to configure the Uu interface between the remote UE and gNB2 (including the Uu-PDCP layer of the remote UE, Uu-RLC layer, Uu-MAC layer, Uu-PHY layer) air interface resources.
S2015,gNB1向远端UE发送该资源配置信息#12、资源配置信息#11和响应消息#6。S2015, gNB1 sends the resource configuration information #12, resource configuration information #11 and response message #6 to the remote UE.
gNB1可以向远端UE发送RRC配置消息,该RRC配置消息包括资源配置信息#12和N1 SM container。gNB1 can send an RRC configuration message to the remote UE, and the RRC configuration message includes resource configuration information #12 and N1 SM container.
此外,gNB1根据指示信息#7和QoS流#6的QFI向远端UE发送资源配置信息#11(第三资源配置信息的一例,也是第四资源配置信息的一例),该资源配置信息#11用于配置远端UE删除QoS流#6在非直连路径上的空口资源。In addition, gNB1 sends resource configuration information #11 (an example of the third resource configuration information and an example of the fourth resource configuration information) to the remote UE according to the indication information #7 and the QFI of the QoS flow #6. The resource configuration information #11 It is used to configure the remote UE to delete the air interface resource of QoS flow #6 on the indirect path.
S2016,gNB1向SMF发送gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#6的QFI。S2016, gNB1 sends the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #6 to the SMF.
具体地,gNB1可以向AMF发送PDU会话资源修改请求(PDU session resource modify request)消息,该PDU会话资源修改请求消息包括gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#6的QFI。Specifically, gNB1 may send a PDU session resource modify request (PDU session resource modify request) message to the AMF, and the PDU session resource modify request message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #6.
进一步,AMF可以向SMF发送N11消息,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文请求(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request)消息等,该N11消息包括gNB2的下行隧道地址信息和QoS流#6的QFI。Further, the AMF may send an N11 message to the SMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context request (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext request) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the downlink tunnel address information of gNB2 and the QFI of QoS flow #6.
S2017,SMF给gNB1回复更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。S2017, the SMF replies to the gNB1 with the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
具体地,SMF可以向AMF发送N11消息,该N11消息可以是PDU会话更新上下文响应(Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response)消息等,该N11消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Specifically, the SMF may send an N11 message to the AMF, and the N11 message may be a PDU session update context response (Nsmf_PDUsession_updateSMcontext response) message, etc., and the N11 message includes the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF.
进一步,AMF可以向gNB1发送PDU会话资源修改响应(PDU session resource modify response)消息,该PDU会话资源修改响应消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Further, the AMF may send a PDU session resource modify response (PDU session resource modify response) message to gNB1, where the PDU session resource modify response message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
S2018,gNB1将更新的UPF的上行隧道地址发送给gNB2,gNB2回复响应消息。S2018, gNB1 sends the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF to gNB2, and gNB2 replies with a response message.
具体地,gNB1可以向gNB2发送修改请求(modify request)消息,该修改请求消息包括更新的UPF的上行隧道地址。Specifically, gNB1 may send a modify request (modify request) message to gNB2, where the modify request message includes the updated uplink tunnel address of the UPF.
gNB2回复的响应消息可以是修改响应(modify response)消息。The response message returned by gNB2 may be a modify response (modify response) message.
应理解,S2016至S2018是为QoS流#6更新N3隧道的过程,其中,更新后的N3隧道是gNB2和UPF之间的隧道,该N3隧道的上行隧道地址为更新的UPF的上行隧道地址,该N3隧道的下行隧道地址为gNB2的下行隧道地址。It should be understood that S2016 to S2018 are the process of updating the N3 tunnel for QoS flow #6, wherein the updated N3 tunnel is a tunnel between gNB2 and UPF, and the uplink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the uplink tunnel address of the updated UPF, The downlink tunnel address of the N3 tunnel is the downlink tunnel address of gNB2.
经过S2001至S2018,远端UE的非直连路径的QoS流#6转移至直连路径,且该直连路径的基站和非直连路径的基站不同。After S2001 to S2018, the QoS flow #6 of the non-direct path of the remote UE is transferred to the direct path, and the base station of the direct path is different from the base station of the non-direct path.
应理解,方法1000中的替代方案也适应于方法2000。It should be understood that alternatives in method 1000 apply to method 2000 as well.
图21示出了应用本申请的方法2000之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的变化示意图。FIG. 21 shows a schematic diagram of changes in the data transmission path of the remote UE after the method 2000 of the present application is applied.
其中,UPF是为远端UE提供服务的UPF,AMF是为远端UE提供服务的AMF。图21的(a)是经过S2001至S2005之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图21的(a)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为非直连路径。图21的(b)是经过S2006至S2018之后远端UE的数据的传输路径的示意图,如图21的(b)所示,远端UE与UPF之间的数据传输路径为非直连路径和直连路径。Wherein, the UPF is the UPF that provides services for the remote UE, and the AMF is the AMF that provides services for the remote UE. (a) of FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S2001 to S2005. As shown in (a) of FIG. 21 , the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path. (b) of FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of the data transmission path of the remote UE after S2006 to S2018. As shown in (b) of FIG. 21, the data transmission path between the remote UE and the UPF is an indirect path and direct path.
图22示出了本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置2200的示意图。FIG. 22 shows a schematic diagram of an apparatus 2200 for data transmission provided by an embodiment of the present application.
该装置2200包括收发单元2210,收发单元2210可以用于实现相应的通信功能,收发单元2210还可以称为通信接口或通信单元The device 2200 includes a transceiver unit 2210, which can be used to implement corresponding communication functions, and the transceiver unit 2210 can also be called a communication interface or a communication unit
可选地,该装置2200还可以包括处理单元2220,处理单元2220可以用于进行数据处理。Optionally, the apparatus 2200 may further include a processing unit 2220, and the processing unit 2220 may be used for data processing.
可选地,该装置2200还包括存储单元,该存储单元可以用于存储指令和/或数据,处理单元2220可以读取存储单元中的指令和/或数据,以使得装置实现前述各个方法实施例中不同设备的动作,例如,终端设备、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、接入与移动性管理功能设备或第一会话管理功能设备的动作。Optionally, the device 2200 further includes a storage unit, which can be used to store instructions and/or data, and the processing unit 2220 can read the instructions and/or data in the storage unit, so that the device implements the foregoing method embodiments Actions of different devices in the network, for example, actions of the terminal device, the first access network device, the second access network device, the access and mobility management function device, or the first session management function device.
作为一种设计,该装置2200用于执行上文各个方法实施例中终端设备所执行的动作。As a design, the apparatus 2200 is configured to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in each method embodiment above.
具体地,收发单元2210,用于向网络设备发送第一请求消息,该第一请求消息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该第一QoS流用于传输该装置的数据;该收发单元2210还用于:接收第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,其中,第一通信路径为直连路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径;或,第一通信路径为非直连路径,第二通信路径为直连路径。Specifically, the transceiver unit 2210 is configured to send a first request message to the network device, where the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate to establish the first communication path on the first communication path or the second communication path. QoS flow, the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the device; the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: receive first resource configuration information, the first resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the first QoS flow, wherein , the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
可选地,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元2210还用于:通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第二请求消息,该第二请求消息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第二QoS流,第二QoS流用于传输该装置的数据;该收发单元2210还用于:接收第二资源配置信息,该第二资源配置信息用于配置第二QoS流的接入网资源。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the transceiver unit 2210 is further configured to: send a second request message to the network device through the first communication path, the second request message Including second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a second QoS flow on the second communication path, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the device; the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: receive second resource configuration information , the second resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
可选地,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元2210还用于:通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第三请求消息,该第三请求消息包括第三指示信息和第三QoS流的QoS流标识信息,该第三指示信息用于指示将第三QoS流转移至第二通信路径,该第三QoS流为第一QoS流中的至少一个;该收发单元2210还用于:接收第三资源配置信息,该第三资源配置信息用于配置第三QoS流的接入网资源。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the transceiver unit 2210 is further configured to: send a third request message to the network device through the first communication path, the third request message including third indication information and QoS flow identification information of a third QoS flow, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, and the third QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows ; The transceiving unit 2210 is also configured to: receive third resource configuration information, where the third resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the third QoS flow.
可选地,该第三资源配置信息具体用于:分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资 源;删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。Optionally, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
可选地,该第三资源配置信息具体用于分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源,该收发单元2210还用于:接收第四配置信息,该第四配置信息用于删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。Optionally, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path, and the transceiver unit 2210 is further configured to: receive fourth configuration information, the fourth configuration information is used for Deleting the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
可选地,该第一请求消息还包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示确定支持多路径的会话管理功能设备。Optionally, the first request message further includes fourth indication information, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multipath.
可选地,该第一通信路径为该装置直连第一接入网设备的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在该第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the first communication path is a path through which the device is directly connected to the first access network device, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the first resource configuration information includes the Configuration information of the Uu interface between the device and the first access network device.
可选地,该第一通信路径为该装置直连第一接入网设备的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元2210还用于:发送第一中继终端设备的小区标识,第一中继终端设备的小区标识用于确定第一中继终端设备的接入网设备,该第二通信路径的设备包括第一中继终端设备。Optionally, the first communication path is a path through which the device is directly connected to the first access network device, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, and the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: send The cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device is used to determine the access network device of the first relay terminal device, and the devices of the second communication path include the first relay terminal device.
可选地,该收发单元2210具体用于:向第一接入网设备发送第一测量报告,该第一测量报告包括至少一个中继终端设备的小区标识和至少一个中继终端设备的邻近服务通信PC5信号强度,该至少一个中继终端设备包括第一中继终端设备,该至少一个中继终端设备的PC5信号强度用于确定第一中继终端设备;或,向第一接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC消息,该RRC消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,该第一请求消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2210 is specifically configured to: send a first measurement report to the first access network device, where the first measurement report includes the cell identity of at least one relay terminal device and the proximity based service of at least one relay terminal device Communication PC5 signal strength, the at least one relay terminal device includes the first relay terminal device, the PC5 signal strength of the at least one relay terminal device is used to determine the first relay terminal device; or, to the first access network device Sending a radio resource control RRC message, where the RRC message includes the cell identity of the first relay terminal device; or, the first request message includes the cell identity of the first relay terminal device.
可选地,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第一接入网设备,第二通信路径为该装置通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device, the second communication path is a path for the device to connect to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first The resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
可选地,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为该装置通过第一中继终端设备连接第二接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device, the second communication path is a path for the device to connect to the second access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first The resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
可选地,该第一通信路径为该装置通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the first communication path is a path through which the apparatus connects to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the first The resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
可选地,该第一通信路径为该装置通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元2210还用于:向第一接入网设备发送第二测量报告,该第二测量报告包括该装置的可驻留小区的小区信号强度,该小区信号强度用于确定该装置的接入网设备。Optionally, the first communication path is a path through which the device connects to the first access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, and the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: send a second measurement report to the first access network device, where the second measurement report includes the cell signal strength of the cell where the device can reside, and the cell signal strength is used to determine the access network device of the device .
可选地,该装置的接入网设备为第一接入网设备,第二通信路径为该装置直连第一接入网设备的路径,该第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the access network device of the device is the first access network device, the second communication path is a path for the device to directly connect to the first access network device, and the first resource configuration information includes the device and the first access network device. Configuration information of the Uu interface between network-connected devices.
可选地,该装置的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为该装置直连第二接 入网设备的路径,该第一资源配置信息包括该装置和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the access network device of the device is a second access network device, the second communication path is a path for the device to directly connect to the second access network device, and the first resource configuration information includes the device and the second access network device. Configuration information of the Uu interface between network-connected devices.
该装置2200可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法实施例中的终端设备执行的步骤或者流程,该装置2200可以包括用于执行图5所示实施例中的终端设备执行的方法的单元,或包括图6、图8、图10、图12、图14、图16、图18和图20所示实施例中的远端UE执行的方法的单元。The apparatus 2200 can implement the steps or processes corresponding to the execution of the terminal device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 2200 can include a unit for executing the method executed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 , Or include units of methods performed by the remote UE in the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 , FIG. 8 , FIG. 10 , FIG. 12 , FIG. 14 , FIG. 16 , FIG. 18 and FIG. 20 .
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述各方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
作为一种设计,该装置2200用于执行上文各个方法实施例中第一接入网设备所执行的动作。As a design, the apparatus 2200 is configured to perform the actions performed by the first access network device in each method embodiment above.
具体地,收发单元2210,用于接收第一指示信息和第一服务质量QoS配置信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该第一QoS配置信息用于确定第一QoS流的接入网资源,该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;该收发单元2210还用于:通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息根据第一指示信息和第一QoS配置信息确定,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源;其中,第一通信路径为直连路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径;或,第一通信路径为非直连路径,第二通信路径为直连路径。Specifically, the transceiver unit 2210 is configured to receive first indication information and first quality of service QoS configuration information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a first QoS flow on the first communication path or the second communication path, and the first The QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device; the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: send the first resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path , the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information, and the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow; wherein, the first communication path is a direct path, The second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
可选地,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元2210还用于:接收第二指示信息和第二QoS配置信息,该第二指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第二QoS流,该第二QoS配置信息用于确定第二QoS流的接入网资源,该第二QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;该收发单元2210还用于:通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第二资源配置信息,该第二资源配置信息根据第二指示信息和第二QoS配置信息确定,该第二资源配置信息用于配置第二QoS流的接入网资源。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the transceiver unit 2210 is further configured to: receive second indication information and second QoS configuration information, the second indication information is used to Instructing to establish a second QoS flow on the second communication path, the second QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the second QoS flow, and the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device; the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to : Sending second resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, the second resource configuration information is determined according to the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information, and the second resource configuration information is used to configure the connection of the second QoS flow access to resources.
可选地,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,该收发单元2210还用于:接收第三指示信息、第三QoS配置信息和第三QoS流的QoS流标识信息,该第三指示信息用于指示将第三QoS流转移至第二通信路径,该第三QoS配置信息用于确定第一QoS流的接入网资源,第三QoS流为第一QoS流中的至少一个;该收发单元2210还用于:通过第一通信路径向终端设备发送第三资源配置信息,该第三资源配置信息根据第三指示信息和第三QoS配置信息确定,该第三资源配置信息用于配置第三QoS流的接入网资源。Optionally, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the transceiver unit 2210 is also configured to: receive the third indication information, the third QoS configuration information, and the QoS flow of the third QoS flow Identification information, the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the second communication path, the third QoS configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the third QoS flow is the first QoS flow At least one of the streams; the transceiver unit 2210 is further configured to: send third resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, the third resource configuration information is determined according to the third indication information and the third QoS configuration information, the first The third resource configuration information is used to configure the access network resources of the third QoS flow.
可选地,该第三资源配置信息具体用于:分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源;删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径的接入网资源。Optionally, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to: allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path; delete access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
可选地,该第三资源配置信息具体用于分配第三QoS流在第二通信路径的接入网资源,该收发单元2210还用于:发送第四配置信息,该第四配置信息用于删除第三QoS流在第一通信路径上的接入网资源。Optionally, the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path, and the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to: send fourth configuration information, the fourth configuration information is used for Delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
可选地,该第一通信路径为终端设备直连该装置的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和该装置之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the first communication path is a path directly connecting the terminal device to the device, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the first resource configuration information includes The configuration information of the Uu interface between them.
可选地,该第一通信路径为终端设备直连该装置的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在 第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该装置还包括:处理单元2220,用于获取第一中继终端设备的小区标识,第二通信路径的设备包括第一中继终端设备;根据第一中继终端设备的小区标识确定第一中继终端设备的接入网设备。Optionally, the first communication path is a path directly connecting the terminal device to the device, and the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, and the device further includes: a processing unit 2220 configured to obtain The cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, the equipment of the second communication path includes the first relay terminal device; and the access network device of the first relay terminal device is determined according to the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
可选地,该处理单元2220具体用于:根据至少一个中继终端设备的邻近服务通信PC5信号强度确定第一中继终端设备和第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,接收来自终端设备的无线资源控制RRC消息,RRC消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,接收来自第一会话管理功能设备或接入与移动性管理功能设备的第一消息,该第一消息包括第一中继终端设备的小区标识。Optionally, the processing unit 2220 is specifically configured to: determine the first relay terminal device and the cell identity of the first relay terminal device according to the signal strength of the ProSe communication PC5 of at least one relay terminal device; A radio resource control RRC message, the RRC message includes the cell identity of the first relay terminal device; or, receiving a first message from the first session management function device or access and mobility management function device, the first message includes the first message A cell identifier of the relay terminal equipment.
可选地,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为该装置,第二通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接该装置的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的邻近服务通信PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和该装置之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the device, the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the device through the first relay terminal device, and the first resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the second communication path. Relay configuration information of the PC5 interface for ProSe communication between terminal devices, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the device.
可选地,该处理单元2220用于:向第一中继终端设备发送第五资源配置信息,该第五资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及第一中继终端设备和第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the processing unit 2220 is configured to: send fifth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the fifth resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, And the configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device.
可选地,该第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第二接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device, the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the second access network device through the first relay terminal device, and the first The resource configuration information includes configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
可选地,该收发单元2210还用于:向第二接入网设备发送第二消息,第二消息包括第一QoS配置信息;接收来自第二接入网设备的第一资源配置信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2210 is further configured to: send a second message to the second access network device, where the second message includes the first QoS configuration information; and receive the first resource configuration information from the second access network device.
可选地,该第二接入网设备用于向第一中继终端设备发送第六资源配置信息,该第六资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及第一中继终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the second access network device is configured to send sixth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the sixth resource configuration information includes the configuration of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device information, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the second access network device.
可选地,该第一通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接该装置的路径,第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径建立第一QoS流,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及终端设备和该装置之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the first communication path is a path for a terminal device to connect to the device through a first relay terminal device, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the first resource configuration information includes terminal Configuration information of the PC5 interface between the device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the device.
可选地,该第一通信路径为终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接该装置的路径,该第一指示信息用于指示在第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,该装置还包括,处理单元2220,用于根据终端设备的可驻留小区的小区信号强度确定终端设备的接入网设备。Optionally, the first communication path is a path through which a terminal device connects to the device through a first relay terminal device, and the first indication information is used to instruct the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, and the device further includes, processing Unit 2220, configured to determine the access network equipment of the terminal device according to the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can reside.
可选地,该终端设备的接入网设备为该装置,第二通信路径为终端设备直连该装置的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端和该装置之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the access network device of the terminal device is the device, the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the device, and the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal and the device.
可选地,该终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,第二通信路径为终端设备直连第二接入网设备的路径,第一资源配置信息包括终端设备和第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Optionally, the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device, the second communication path is a path for the terminal device to directly connect to the second access network device, and the first resource configuration information includes the terminal device and the second access network device. Configuration information of the Uu interface between network-connected devices.
可选地,该收发单元2210还用于:向第二接入网设备发送第三消息,第三消息包括第一QoS配置信息;接收来自第二接入网设备的第一资源配置信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2210 is further configured to: send a third message to the second access network device, where the third message includes the first QoS configuration information; and receive the first resource configuration information from the second access network device.
该装置2200可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法实施例中的第一接入网设备执行 的步骤或者流程,该装置2200可以包括用于执行图5所示实施例中的第一接入网设备执行的方法的单元,或包括图6、图8、图10、图12、图14、图16、图18和图20所示实施例中的gNB1执行的方法的单元。The apparatus 2200 can implement the steps or processes corresponding to the first access network device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application. The unit of the method executed by the network device, or the unit including the method executed by gNB1 in the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 , FIG. 8 , FIG. 10 , FIG. 12 , FIG. 14 , FIG. 16 , FIG. 18 and FIG.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述各方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
作为一种设计,该装置2200用于执行上文各个方法实施例中接入与移动性管理功能设备所执行的动作。As a design, the apparatus 2200 is configured to perform the actions performed by the access and mobility management function device in the above method embodiments.
具体地,收发单元2210,用于接收第一请求消息,该第一请求消息包括第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示确定支持多路径通信的会话管理功能设备;处理单元2220,用于根据第四指示信息确定第一会话管理功能设备,该第一会话管理功能设备支持多路径通信。Specifically, the transceiver unit 2210 is configured to receive a first request message, the first request message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multi-path communication; the processing unit 2220 uses Based on determining the first session management function device according to the fourth indication information, the first session management function device supports multipath communication.
可选地,该装置用于确定第一QoS配置信息,该第一QoS配置信息用于确定第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据。Optionally, the device is configured to determine first QoS configuration information, where the first QoS configuration information is used to determine first resource configuration information, where the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, the The first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal equipment.
可选地,该收发单元2210还用于:向该第一会话管理功能设备发送该第一请求消息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2210 is further configured to: send the first request message to the first session management function device.
该装置2200可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法实施例中的接入与移动性管理功能设备执行的步骤或者流程,该装置2200可以包括用于执行图5所示实施例中的接入与移动性管理功能设备执行的方法的单元,或包括图6、图8、图10、图12、图14、图16、图18和图20所示实施例中的AMF执行的方法的单元。The apparatus 2200 can implement the steps or processes corresponding to the access and mobility management function equipment in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 2200 can include a method for performing the access in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5 The unit of the method executed by the mobility management function device, or the unit of the method executed by the AMF in the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 , FIG. 8 , FIG. 10 , FIG. 12 , FIG. 14 , FIG. 16 , FIG.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述各方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
作为一种设计,该装置2200用于执行上文各个方法实施例中第一会话管理功能设备所执行的动作。As a design, the apparatus 2200 is configured to perform the actions performed by the first session management function device in each method embodiment above.
具体地,收发单元2210,用于接收第一请求消息,该第一请求消息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一服务质量(quality of service,QoS)流(flow),该第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;处理单元2220,用于根据第一请求消息生成第一QoS配置信息,该第一QoS配置信息用于确定第一资源配置信息,该第一资源配置信息用于配置第一QoS流的接入网资源,其中,第一通信路径为直连路径,第二通信路径为非直连路径;或,第一通信路径为非直连路径,第二通信路径为直连路径。Specifically, the transceiver unit 2210 is configured to receive a first request message, where the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to instruct to establish a first quality of service (QoS) on the first communication path or the second communication path ( quality of service (QoS) flow (flow), the first QoS flow is used to transmit the data of the terminal device; the processing unit 2220 is used to generate the first QoS configuration information according to the first request message, and the first QoS configuration information is used to determine First resource configuration information, where the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow, wherein the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or, the first The communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
可选地,该收发单元2210还用于:向第一接入网设备发送第一QoS配置信息。Optionally, the transceiving unit 2210 is further configured to: send the first QoS configuration information to the first access network device.
该装置2200可实现对应于根据本申请实施例的方法实施例中的第一会话管理功能设备执行的步骤或者流程,该装置2200可以包括用于执行图5所示实施例中的第一会话管理功能设备执行的方法的单元,或包括图6、图8、图10、图12、图14、图16、图18和图20所示实施例中的SMF执行的方法的单元。The apparatus 2200 can implement the steps or processes corresponding to the first session management function device in the method embodiment according to the embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 2200 can include a method for performing the first session management in the embodiment shown in FIG. The unit of the method executed by the functional device, or the unit of the method executed by the SMF in the embodiments shown in FIG. 6 , FIG. 8 , FIG. 10 , FIG. 12 , FIG. 14 , FIG. 16 , FIG. 18 and FIG.
应理解,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在上述各方法实施例中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the specific process of each unit performing the above corresponding steps has been described in detail in the above method embodiments, and for the sake of brevity, details are not repeated here.
图23示出了本申请实施例提供的一种数据传输的装置2300的示意图。该装置2300包括处理器2310,处理器2310与存储器2320耦合,存储器2320用于存储计算机程序或指令和/或数据,处理器2310用于执行存储器2320存储的计算机程序或指令,或读取存 储器2320存储的数据,以执行上文各方法实施例中的方法。如图23所示,该装置2300还包括收发器2330,收发器2330用于信号的接收和/或发送。例如,处理器2310用于控制收发器2330进行信号的接收和/或发送。FIG. 23 shows a schematic diagram of a data transmission apparatus 2300 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device 2300 includes a processor 2310, the processor 2310 is coupled with a memory 2320, the memory 2320 is used for storing computer programs or instructions and/or data, and the processor 2310 is used for executing the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 2320, or reading the memory 2320 The stored data is used to execute the methods in the above method embodiments. As shown in FIG. 23 , the device 2300 further includes a transceiver 2330 for receiving and/or sending signals. For example, the processor 2310 is configured to control the transceiver 2330 to receive and/or send signals.
可选地,处理器2310为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more processors 2310.
可选地,存储器2320为一个或多个。Optionally, there are one or more memories 2320.
可选地,该存储器2320与该处理器2310集成在一起,或者分离设置。Optionally, the memory 2320 is integrated with the processor 2310, or is set separately.
作为一种方案,该装置2300用于实现上文各个方法实施例中由终端设备、第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、接入与移动性管理功能设备或第一会话管理功能设备执行的操作。As a solution, the apparatus 2300 is used to implement the terminal device, the first access network device, the second access network device, the access and mobility management function device or the first session management function in each method embodiment above. The action performed by the device.
例如,处理器2310用于执行存储器2320存储的计算机程序或指令,以实现上文各个方法实施例中第一接入网设备的相关操作。例如,图4所示实施例中的第一接入网设备执行的方法,或图6、图8、图10、图12、图14、图16、图18和图20中任一个所示实施例中的gNB1执行的方法。For example, the processor 2310 is configured to execute the computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 2320, so as to implement related operations of the first access network device in the various method embodiments above. For example, the method performed by the first access network device in the embodiment shown in Figure 4, or the implementation shown in any one of Figure 6, Figure 8, Figure 10, Figure 12, Figure 14, Figure 16, Figure 18 and Figure 20 The method executed by gNB1 in the example.
又如,处理器2310用于执行存储器2320存储的计算机程序或指令,以实现上文各个方法实施例中终端设备的相关操作。例如,图4所示实施例中的终端设备执行的方法,或图6、图8、图10、图12、图14、图16、图18和图20中任一个所示实施例中的UE执行的方法。For another example, the processor 2310 is configured to execute computer programs or instructions stored in the memory 2320, so as to implement related operations of the terminal device in the above method embodiments. For example, the method performed by the terminal device in the embodiment shown in Figure 4, or the UE in any of the embodiments shown in Figure 6, Figure 8, Figure 10, Figure 12, Figure 14, Figure 16, Figure 18, and Figure 20 method of execution.
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be a central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), and may also be other general purpose processors, digital signal processors (digital signal processor, DSP), application specific integrated circuits ( application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), off-the-shelf programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, discrete hardware components, etc. A general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor, or the processor may be any conventional processor, or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器和/或非易失性存储器。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)。例如,RAM可以用作外部高速缓存。作为示例而非限定,RAM包括如下多种形式:静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory and/or a nonvolatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory can be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically programmable Erases programmable read-only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be random access memory (RAM). For example, RAM can be used as an external cache. As an example and not limitation, RAM includes the following multiple forms: static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous DRAM, SDRAM), Double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data rate SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct Memory bus random access memory (direct rambus RAM, DR RAM).
需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)可以集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic devices, or discrete hardware components, the memory (storage module) may be integrated in the processor.
还需要说明的是,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should also be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to, these and any other suitable types of memories.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被计算 机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer-readable medium, on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a computer, the functions of any of the above method embodiments are realized.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer program product, which implements the functions of any one of the above method embodiments when executed by a computer.
本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的第一接入网设备、第二接入网设备、接入与移动性管理功能设备和第一会话管理功能设备。The present application also provides a system, which includes the aforementioned first access network device, second access network device, access and mobility management functional device, and first session management functional device.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, all or part of them may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application will be generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center by wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer, or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The available medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
在本申请实施例中,“示例的”、“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用示例的一词旨在以具体方式呈现概念。In the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" and "for example" are used as examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design described herein as "example" is not to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of the word example is intended to present concepts in a concrete manner.
应理解,说明书通篇中提到的“实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本申请的至少一个实施例中。因此,在整个说明书各个实施例未必一定指相同的实施例。此外,这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。It should be understood that references to "an embodiment" throughout this specification mean that a particular feature, structure, or characteristic related to the embodiment is included in at least one embodiment of the present application. Thus, the various embodiments throughout the specification are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Furthermore, the particular features, structures or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。本申请中所有节点、消息的名称仅仅是本申请为描述方便而设定的名称,在实际网络中的名称可能不同,不应理解本申请限定各种节点、消息的名称,相反,任何具有和本申请中用到的节点或消息具有相同或类似功能的名称都视作本申请的方法或等效替换,都在本申请的保护范围之内。It should be understood that, in various embodiments of the present application, the sequence numbers of the above-mentioned processes do not mean the order of execution, and the execution order of the processes should be determined by their functions and internal logic, and should not be used in the embodiments of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any limitation. The names of all nodes and messages in this application are only the names set by this application for the convenience of description. The names in the actual network may be different. It should not be understood that this application limits the names of various nodes and messages. On the contrary, any with and The names of nodes or messages with the same or similar functions used in this application are regarded as the methods of this application or equivalent replacements, and all are within the protection scope of this application.
还应理解,在本申请中,“当…时”、“若”以及“如果”均指在某种客观情况下UE或者基站会做出相应的处理,并非是限定时间,且也不要求UE或基站实现时一定要有判断的动作,也不意味着存在其它限定。It should also be understood that in this application, "when", "if" and "if" all mean that the UE or the base station will make corresponding processing under certain objective circumstances, and it is not a limited time, and the UE is not required to Or the base station must have a judgment action when it is implemented, and it does not mean that there are other restrictions.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,“预先设定”、“预先配置”等可以通过在设备(例如,终端设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定,例如本申请实施例中预设的规则、预设的常数等。It should be noted that in this embodiment of the application, "presetting", "preconfiguring", etc. can be realized by pre-saving corresponding codes, tables or other methods that can be used to indicate related information in the device (for example, terminal device). implementation, the present application does not limit its specific implementation, such as the preset rules and preset constants in the embodiments of the present application.
另外,本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常被可互换使用。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示: 单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。Additionally, the terms "system" and "network" are often used herein interchangeably. The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and they exist alone B these three situations.
本文中术语“……中的至少一个”或“……中的至少一种”,表示所列出的各项的全部或任意组合,例如,“A、B和C中的至少一种”,可以表示:单独存在A,单独存在B,单独存在C,同时存在A和B,同时存在B和C,同时存在A、B和C这六种情况。本文中的“至少一个”表示一个或者多个。“多个”表示两个或者两个以上。Herein, the term "at least one of" or "at least one of" means all or any combination of the listed items, for example, "at least one of A, B and C", It can be expressed: A exists alone, B exists alone, C exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, B and C exist simultaneously, and A, B, and C exist simultaneously. "At least one" herein means one or more. "Multiple" means two or more.
应理解,在本申请各实施例中,“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联,根据A可以确定B。但还应理解,根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B,还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。术语“包括”、“包含”、“具有”及它们的变形都意味着“包括但不限于”,除非是以其他方式另外特别强调。It should be understood that in each embodiment of the present application, "B corresponding to A" means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined according to A. However, it should also be understood that determining B according to A does not mean determining B only according to A, and B may also be determined according to A and/or other information. The terms "including", "comprising", "having" and variations thereof mean "including but not limited to", unless specifically stated otherwise.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,第一、第二以及各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围。例如,区分不同的信息等。It should be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the first, second and various numbers are only for convenience of description and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application. For example, to distinguish different information, etc.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those skilled in the art can appreciate that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the above-described system, device and unit can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of the units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple units or components can be combined or May be integrated into another system, or some features may be ignored, or not implemented. In another point, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, and the indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Part or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, each unit may exist separately physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions described above are realized in the form of software function units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application is essentially or the part that contributes to the prior art or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to make a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disc and other media that can store program codes. .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖 在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the scope of protection of the application is not limited thereto. Anyone familiar with the technical field can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the application. Should be covered within the protection scope of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be determined by the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (40)

  1. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, comprising:
    终端设备通过第一通信路径向网络设备发送第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一服务质量QoS流,所述第一QoS流用于传输所述终端设备的数据;The terminal device sends a first request message to the network device through the first communication path, the first request message includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate that the first communication path or the second communication path is established A first quality of service QoS flow, where the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device;
    所述终端设备接收第一资源配置信息,所述第一资源配置信息用于配置所述第一QoS流的接入网资源,The terminal device receives first resource configuration information, where the first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow,
    其中,所述第一通信路径为直连路径,所述第二通信路径为非直连路径;或,Wherein, the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or,
    所述第一通信路径为非直连路径,所述第二通信路径为直连路径。The first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第一通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备通过所述第一通信路径向所述网络设备发送第二请求消息,所述第二请求消息包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示在所述第二通信路径建立第二QoS流,所述第二QoS流用于传输所述终端设备的数据;The terminal device sends a second request message to the network device through the first communication path, the second request message includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate that on the second communication path establishing a second QoS flow, where the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device;
    所述终端设备接收第二资源配置信息,所述第二资源配置信息用于配置所述第二QoS流的接入网资源。The terminal device receives second resource configuration information, where the second resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第一通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备通过所述第一通信路径向所述网络设备发送第三请求消息,所述第三请求消息包括第三指示信息和第三QoS流的QoS流标识信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示将所述第三QoS流转移至所述第二通信路径,所述第三QoS流为所述第一QoS流中的至少一个。The terminal device sends a third request message to the network device through the first communication path, the third request message includes third indication information and QoS flow identification information of a third QoS flow, and the third indication information It is used to indicate to transfer the third QoS flow to the second communication path, where the third QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows.
    所述终端设备接收第三资源配置信息,所述第三资源配置信息用于配置所述第三QoS流的接入网资源。The terminal device receives third resource configuration information, where the third resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the third QoS flow.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三资源配置信息具体用于:The method according to claim 3, wherein the third resource configuration information is specifically used for:
    分配所述第三QoS流在所述第二通信路径的接入网资源;allocating access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path;
    删除所述第三QoS流在所述第一通信路径的接入网资源。Deleting the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三资源配置信息具体用于分配所述第三QoS流在所述第二通信路径的接入网资源,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path, the method further comprising:
    所述终端设备接收第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于删除所述第三QoS流在所述第一通信路径的接入网资源。The terminal device receives fourth configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  6. 根据权利要求1至5中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一请求消息还包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示确定支持多路径的会话管理功能设备。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the first request message further includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multipath .
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信路径为所述终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the first access network device,
    其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第一通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the first resource configuration information includes the information between the terminal device and the first access network device Configuration information of the Uu interface.
  8. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信路径为所述终端设备直连第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device directly connects to the first access network device,
    其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第二通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述方法还包括:Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, and the method further includes:
    所述终端设备发送第一中继终端设备的小区标识,所述第一中继终端设备的小区标识用于确定所述第一中继终端设备的接入网设备,所述第二通信路径的设备包括所述第一中继终端设备。The terminal device sends the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device, the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device is used to determine the access network device of the first relay terminal device, and the second communication path The device includes the first relay terminal device.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备发送第一中继终端设备的小区标识,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the terminal device sending the cell identity of the first relay terminal device comprises:
    所述终端设备向所述第一接入网设备发送第一测量报告,所述第一测量报告包括所述至少一个中继终端设备的小区标识和所述至少一个中继终端设备的邻近服务通信PC5信号强度,所述至少一个中继终端设备包括所述第一中继终端设备,所述至少一个中继终端设备的PC5信号强度用于确定所述第一中继终端设备;或,The terminal device sends a first measurement report to the first access network device, where the first measurement report includes the cell identity of the at least one relay terminal device and the ProSe communication of the at least one relay terminal device PC5 signal strength, the at least one relay terminal device includes the first relay terminal device, and the PC5 signal strength of the at least one relay terminal device is used to determine the first relay terminal device; or,
    所述终端设备向所述第一接入网设备发送无线资源控制RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,The terminal device sends a radio resource control RRC message to the first access network device, where the RRC message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device; or,
    所述第一请求消息包括所述第一中继终端设备的小区标识。The first request message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为所述第一接入网设备,所述第二通信路径为所述终端设备通过所述第一中继终端设备连接所述第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through a path connecting the first relay terminal device to the first access network device,
    其中,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device. Interface configuration information.
  11. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,所述第二通信路径为所述终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接所述第二接入网设备的路径,The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relaying the path for the terminal device to connect to the second access network device,
    其中,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及所述终端设备和所述第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device. Interface configuration information.
  12. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信路径为所述终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through a first relay terminal device,
    其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第一通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the first resource configuration information includes the information between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device. Configuration information of the PC5 interface, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  13. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信路径为所述终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through a first relay terminal device,
    其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第二通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述方法还包括:Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, and the method further includes:
    所述终端设备向所述第一接入网设备发送第二测量报告,所述第二测量报告包括所述终端设备的可驻留小区的小区信号强度,所述小区信号强度用于确定所述终端设备的接入网设备。The terminal device sends a second measurement report to the first access network device, the second measurement report includes the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can camp, and the cell signal strength is used to determine the The access network equipment of the terminal equipment.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的接入网设备为所述 第一接入网设备,所述第二通信路径为所述终端设备直连所述第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to claim 13, wherein the access network device of the terminal device is the first access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device is directly connected to the first access network device. the path of the network-connected device,
    其中,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,所述第二通信路径为所述终端设备直连所述第二接入网设备的路径,The method according to claim 13, wherein the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device is directly connected to the second access network the path to the device,
    其中,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  16. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, comprising:
    第一接入网设备接收第一指示信息和第一服务质量QoS配置信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示在第一通信路径或第二通信路径建立第一QoS流,所述第一QoS配置信息用于确定所述第一QoS流的接入网资源,所述第一QoS流用于传输终端设备的数据;The first access network device receives first indication information and first quality of service QoS configuration information, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a first QoS flow on the first communication path or the second communication path, and the first QoS The configuration information is used to determine the access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the first QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device;
    所述第一接入网设备通过第一通信路径向所述终端设备发送第一资源配置信息,所述第一资源配置信息根据所述第一指示信息和所述第一QoS配置信息确定,所述第一资源配置信息用于配置所述第一QoS流的接入网资源;The first access network device sends first resource configuration information to the terminal device through a first communication path, the first resource configuration information is determined according to the first indication information and the first QoS configuration information, and the The first resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the first QoS flow;
    其中,所述第一通信路径为直连路径,所述第二通信路径为非直连路径;或,Wherein, the first communication path is a direct connection path, and the second communication path is a non-direct connection path; or,
    所述第一通信路径为非直连路径,所述第二通信路径为直连路径。The first communication path is a non-direct connection path, and the second communication path is a direct connection path.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第一通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备接收第二指示信息和第二QoS配置信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示在所述第二通信路径建立第二QoS流,所述第二QoS配置信息用于确定所述第二QoS流的接入网资源,所述第二QoS流用于传输所述终端设备的数据;The first access network device receives second indication information and second QoS configuration information, the second indication information is used to indicate the establishment of a second QoS flow on the second communication path, and the second QoS configuration information uses determining access network resources of the second QoS flow, where the second QoS flow is used to transmit data of the terminal device;
    所述第一接入网设备通过所述第一通信路径向所述终端设备发送第二资源配置信息,所述第二资源配置信息根据所述第二指示信息和所述第二QoS配置信息确定,所述第二资源配置信息用于配置所述第二QoS流的接入网资源。The first access network device sends second resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, and the second resource configuration information is determined according to the second indication information and the second QoS configuration information , the second resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the second QoS flow.
  18. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第一通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the first indication information is used to indicate establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the method further comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备接收第三指示信息、第三QoS配置信息和第三QoS流的QoS流标识信息,所述第三指示信息用于指示将所述第三QoS流转移至所述第二通信路径,所述第三QoS配置信息用于确定所述第一QoS流的接入网资源,所述第三QoS流为所述第一QoS流中的至少一个;The first access network device receives third indication information, third QoS configuration information, and QoS flow identification information of a third QoS flow, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the third QoS flow is transferred to the A second communication path, where the third QoS configuration information is used to determine access network resources of the first QoS flow, and the third QoS flow is at least one of the first QoS flows;
    所述第一接入网设备通过所述第一通信路径向所述终端设备发送所述第三资源配置信息,所述第三资源配置信息根据所述第三指示信息和所述第三QoS配置信息确定,所述第三资源配置信息用于配置所述第三QoS流的接入网资源。The first access network device sends the third resource configuration information to the terminal device through the first communication path, and the third resource configuration information is configured according to the third indication information and the third QoS The information determines that the third resource configuration information is used to configure access network resources of the third QoS flow.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三资源配置信息具体用于:The method according to claim 18, wherein the third resource configuration information is specifically used for:
    分配所述第三QoS流在所述第二通信路径的接入网资源;allocating access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path;
    删除所述第三QoS流在所述第一通信路径的接入网资源。Deleting the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三资源配置信息具体用于分配所述第三QoS流在所述第二通信路径的接入网资源,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein the third resource configuration information is specifically used to allocate access network resources of the third QoS flow on the second communication path, the method further comprising:
    所述第一接入网设备发送第四配置信息,所述第四配置信息用于删除所述第三QoS流 在所述第一通信路径上的接入网资源。The first access network device sends fourth configuration information, where the fourth configuration information is used to delete the access network resources of the third QoS flow on the first communication path.
  21. 根据权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信路径为所述终端设备直连所述第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to any one of claims 16 to 20, wherein the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device is directly connected to the first access network device,
    其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第一通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the first resource configuration information includes the information between the terminal device and the first access network device Configuration information of the Uu interface.
  22. 根据权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信路径为所述终端设备直连所述第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to any one of claims 16 to 20, wherein the first communication path is a path through which the terminal device is directly connected to the first access network device,
    其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第二通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述方法还包括:Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, and the method further includes:
    所述第一接入网设备获取第一中继终端设备的小区标识,所述第二通信路径的设备包括所述第一中继终端设备;The first access network device acquires the cell identity of the first relay terminal device, and the devices of the second communication path include the first relay terminal device;
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述第一中继终端设备的小区标识确定所述第一中继终端设备的接入网设备。The first access network device determines the access network device of the first relay terminal device according to the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一接入网设备获取第一中继终端设备的小区标识,包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein the obtaining the cell identity of the first relay terminal device by the first access network device comprises:
    所述第一接入网设备根据至少一个中继终端设备的邻近服务通信PC5信号强度确定所述第一中继终端设备和所述第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,The first access network device determines the cell identity of the first relay terminal device and the first relay terminal device according to the ProSe communication PC5 signal strength of at least one relay terminal device; or,
    所述第一接入网设备接收来自终端设备的无线资源控制RRC消息,所述RRC消息包括所述第一中继终端设备的小区标识;或,The first access network device receives a radio resource control RRC message from a terminal device, where the RRC message includes the cell identifier of the first relay terminal device; or,
    所述第一接入网设备接收来自第一会话管理功能设备或接入与移动性管理功能设备的第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一中继终端设备的小区标识。The first access network device receives a first message from a first session management function device or an access and mobility management function device, where the first message includes a cell identifier of the first relay terminal device.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为所述第一接入网设备,所述第二通信路径为所述终端设备通过所述第一中继终端设备连接所述第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the access network device of the first relay terminal device is the first access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through a path connecting the first relay terminal device to the first access network device,
    其中,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一中继终端设备之间的邻近服务通信PC5接口的配置信息,以及所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the ProSe communication PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the configuration information between the terminal device and the first access network device The configuration information of the Uu interface between them.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 24, further comprising:
    所述第一接入网设备向所述第一中继终端设备发送第五资源配置信息,所述第五资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及所述第一中继终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。The first access network device sends fifth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, where the fifth resource configuration information includes the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device configuration information, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the first access network device.
  26. 根据权利要求22或23所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一中继终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,所述第二通信路径为所述终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接所述第二接入网设备的路径,The method according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the access network device of the first relay terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device passes through the first relaying the path for the terminal device to connect to the second access network device,
    其中,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及所述终端设备和所述第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first resource configuration information includes the configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and the Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device. Interface configuration information.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 26, further comprising:
    所述第一接入网设备向所述第二接入网设备发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第一QoS配置信息;The first access network device sends a second message to the second access network device, where the second message includes the first QoS configuration information;
    所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述第二接入网设备的所述第一资源配置信息。The first access network device receives the first resource configuration information from the second access network device.
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二接入网设备用于向所述第一中继终端设备发送第六资源配置信息,所述第六资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及所述第一中继终端设备和所述第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。The method according to claim 26 or 27, wherein the second access network device is configured to send sixth resource configuration information to the first relay terminal device, and the sixth resource configuration information includes the Configuration information of the PC5 interface between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the first relay terminal device and the second access network device.
  29. 根据权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信路径为所述终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接所述第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to any one of claims 16 to 20, wherein the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through a first relay terminal device,
    其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第一通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一中继终端设备之间的PC5接口的配置信息,以及所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the first communication path, and the first resource configuration information includes the information between the terminal device and the first relay terminal device. Configuration information of the PC5 interface, and configuration information of the Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  30. 根据权利要求16至20中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信路径为所述终端设备通过第一中继终端设备连接所述第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to any one of claims 16 to 20, wherein the first communication path is a path for the terminal device to connect to the first access network device through a first relay terminal device,
    其中,所述第一指示信息用于指示在所述第二通信路径建立所述第一QoS流,所述方法还包括:Wherein, the first indication information is used to indicate the establishment of the first QoS flow on the second communication path, and the method further includes:
    所述第一接入网设备根据所述终端设备的可驻留小区的小区信号强度确定所述终端设备的接入网设备。The first access network device determines the access network device of the terminal device according to the cell signal strength of the cell where the terminal device can camp.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的接入网设备为所述第一接入网设备,所述第二通信路径为所述终端设备直连所述第一接入网设备的路径,The method according to claim 30, wherein the access network device of the terminal device is the first access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device is directly connected to the first access network device. the path of the network-connected device,
    其中,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第一接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the first access network device.
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备的接入网设备为第二接入网设备,所述第二通信路径为所述终端设备直连所述第二接入网设备的路径,The method according to claim 30, wherein the access network device of the terminal device is a second access network device, and the second communication path is that the terminal device is directly connected to the second access network the path to the device,
    其中,所述第一资源配置信息包括所述终端设备和所述第二接入网设备之间的Uu接口的配置信息。Wherein, the first resource configuration information includes configuration information of a Uu interface between the terminal device and the second access network device.
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 32, further comprising:
    所述第一接入网设备向所述第二接入网设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息包括所述第一QoS配置信息;The first access network device sends a third message to the second access network device, where the third message includes the first QoS configuration information;
    所述第一接入网设备接收来自所述第二接入网设备的所述第一资源配置信息。The first access network device receives the first resource configuration information from the second access network device.
  34. 一种数据传输的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for data transmission, comprising:
    接入与移动性管理功能设备接收第一请求消息,所述第一请求消息包括第四指示信息,所述第四指示信息用于指示确定支持多路径通信的会话管理功能设备;The access and mobility management function device receives a first request message, where the first request message includes fourth indication information, and the fourth indication information is used to indicate the session management function device that supports multipath communication;
    所述接入与移动性管理功能设备根据所述第四指示信息确定第一会话管理功能设备,所述第一会话管理功能设备支持所述多路径通信。The access and mobility management function device determines the first session management function device according to the fourth indication information, and the first session management function device supports the multipath communication.
  35. 一种数据传输的装置,其特征在于,包括:用于执行权利要求1至34中任一项所述的方法的单元。A device for data transmission, characterized by comprising: a unit for performing the method according to any one of claims 1-34.
  36. 一种数据传输的装置,其特征在于,包括:A device for data transmission, characterized in that it includes:
    处理器,用于执行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以使得所述装置执行如权利要求1至34中任一项所述的方法。A processor configured to execute the computer program stored in the memory, so that the device executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 34.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括所述存储器。The apparatus of claim 36, further comprising the memory.
  38. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1至34中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that a computer program is stored on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program runs on a computer, the computer executes any one of claims 1-34. method described in the item.
  39. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括用于执行如权利要求1至34中任一项所述的方法的指令。A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product comprises instructions for performing the method according to any one of claims 1 to 34.
  40. 一种数据传输的系统,其特征在于,包括:第一接入网设备和接入与移动性管理功能设备,A data transmission system, characterized by comprising: a first access network device and an access and mobility management function device,
    所述第一接入网设备,用于执行如权利要求16至33中任一项所述的方法;The first access network device is configured to execute the method according to any one of claims 16 to 33;
    所述接入与移动性管理功能设备,用于执行如权利要求34所述的方法。The access and mobility management functional device is configured to execute the method as claimed in claim 34 .
PCT/CN2022/131160 2021-11-22 2022-11-10 Data transmission method and apparatus WO2023088165A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111383206 2021-11-22
CN202111383206.3 2021-11-22
CN202210098312.5 2022-01-27
CN202210098312.5A CN116155800A (en) 2021-11-22 2022-01-27 Data transmission method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023088165A1 true WO2023088165A1 (en) 2023-05-25

Family

ID=86337725

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/131160 WO2023088165A1 (en) 2021-11-22 2022-11-10 Data transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116155800A (en)
WO (1) WO2023088165A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104284321A (en) * 2013-07-08 2015-01-14 华为终端有限公司 Route switching method and equipment and user equipment
CN106134281A (en) * 2014-03-10 2016-11-16 Lg电子株式会社 For performing method and the user's set of adjacent service
CN108990125A (en) * 2017-06-01 2018-12-11 华为技术有限公司 Method, terminal device and the network equipment of data transmission
WO2021066485A1 (en) * 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Improvements in and relating to dynamic path switching

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104284321A (en) * 2013-07-08 2015-01-14 华为终端有限公司 Route switching method and equipment and user equipment
CN106134281A (en) * 2014-03-10 2016-11-16 Lg电子株式会社 For performing method and the user's set of adjacent service
CN108990125A (en) * 2017-06-01 2018-12-11 华为技术有限公司 Method, terminal device and the network equipment of data transmission
WO2021066485A1 (en) * 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Improvements in and relating to dynamic path switching

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116155800A (en) 2023-05-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021057794A1 (en) Service configuration method, communication device, and communication system
US20220408162A1 (en) Multicast service transmission method and apparatus
WO2019196643A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022048394A1 (en) Network connection method, network disconnection method and communication apparatus
WO2022089164A1 (en) Multipath transmission method and communication apparatus
US20230164640A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2022017285A1 (en) Packet forwarding method, apparatus and system
WO2021254353A1 (en) Method, device, and system for releasing relay connection
EP4354770A1 (en) Method and apparatus for transmitting data
WO2020150876A1 (en) Session establishment method, terminal device, and network device
CN114731723A (en) Communication method and device
TW202013936A (en) Wireless communication method and communication device
CN116530208A (en) Communication method, device and system
WO2023185615A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2023088165A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2022160123A1 (en) Access mode selection method, terminal device, and network device
JP2024506065A (en) Communication method and apparatus for multicast/broadcast services
WO2022170798A1 (en) Strategy determining method and communication apparatus
WO2023103417A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication device
WO2023197737A1 (en) Message sending method, pin management method, communication apparatus, and communication system
US20170238280A1 (en) Method and apparatus for controlling location based mbms service
WO2023116560A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2024074148A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2023141909A1 (en) Wireless communication method, remote ue, and network element
WO2023020481A1 (en) Method for transmitting data and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22894702

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1